<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Scheriy</id>
	<title>Expertiza_Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Scheriy"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Scheriy"/>
	<updated>2026-05-09T04:02:15Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.41.0</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=117476</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=117476"/>
		<updated>2018-05-08T02:24:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Changes in the User Interface */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowcharts below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire only then a student can create a supplementary review questionnaire. A student can click on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab and see a link to the add/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire (SRQ), the entry in the SRQ column added to the Teams table will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When responses of questionnaire need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the responses of the reviewer is recorded, the student can click on &amp;quot;View Scores&amp;quot; tab for a particular assignment which contains the responses of the reviewer. This view should contain the responses for both the default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is not empty the responses of the supplementary review questions is appended to the responses of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''': The responses of the Supplementary Review Questions will not be added to the review scores of the project. It will just be shown to the team that has asked these questions so that they can see what suggestions does the reviewer has for the questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following changes need to be made to the User Interface. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a student to add supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section.  This link will redirect the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Rsz_screenshot_48.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A link called &amp;quot;Supplemantary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section when the Instructor has allowed students to create supplementary review questions. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link. Students can add Questions to the created Supplementary Review questionnaire here.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if the Supplementary Review rubric has been added. Thus, now the reviewer will be able to see the Supplementary Review questions along with the existing review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_screenshot_51.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  The scores of the supplementary review questions will not be added to the review score of the team but their responses will be visible. &lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''':The student-generated questions (Supplementary Review Questions) will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions have been added to the responses of the existing review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Supplementary Review Questionnaire Testing : '''supplementary_review_rubric_spec.rb :&lt;br /&gt;
:In this test, we are testing the addition and editing of the supplementary questionnaire. Furthermore, we are also checking whether the questionnaire is being displayed or not to the reviewer. Also a test has been added to check if the questionnaire gets added to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
include TopicHelper&lt;br /&gt;
describe &amp;quot;supplementary rubric testing&amp;quot; do&lt;br /&gt;
  before(:each) do&lt;br /&gt;
      # create assignment and topic&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:assignment, name: &amp;quot;TestAssignment&amp;quot;, directory_path: &amp;quot;TestAssignment&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
      create_list(:participant, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:assignment_team)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:team_user, user: User.where(role_id: 2).first, team: AssignmentTeam.first)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:topic, topic_name: &amp;quot;TestTopic&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:deadline_type, name: &amp;quot;submission&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:deadline_type, name: &amp;quot;review&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:deadline_type, name: &amp;quot;metareview&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:deadline_type, name: &amp;quot;drop_topic&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:deadline_type, name: &amp;quot;signup&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:deadline_type, name: &amp;quot;team_formation&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:deadline_right)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:deadline_right, name: 'Late')&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:deadline_right, name: 'OK')&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:assignment_questionnaire)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:questionnaire)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:question)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:assignment_due_date, deadline_type: DeadlineType.where(name: &amp;quot;submission&amp;quot;).first, due_at: DateTime.now.in_time_zone + 1.day)&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  it &amp;quot;has srq to add/edit supplementary questionnaire&amp;quot; do&lt;br /&gt;
    signup_topic&lt;br /&gt;
    expect(page).to have_content &amp;quot;Create Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  it &amp;quot;add supplementary questionnaire to teams model&amp;quot; do&lt;br /&gt;
    signup_topic&lt;br /&gt;
    click_link &amp;quot;Create Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    click_button &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    click_button &amp;quot;Save supplementaryreview questionnaire&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
   # assert !Team.supplementary_rubric_by_team_id(2).nil?&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  it &amp;quot;should display Supplementary Questionnaire to assigned student&amp;quot; do&lt;br /&gt;
    submit_to_topic&lt;br /&gt;
    click_link &amp;quot;Create Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    click_button &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    click_button &amp;quot;Save supplementaryreview questionnaire&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    user = User.find_by(name: &amp;quot;student2066&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
    stub_current_user(user, user.role.name, user.role)&lt;br /&gt;
    visit '/student_task/list'&lt;br /&gt;
    click_link &amp;quot;TestAssignment&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    click_link &amp;quot;Others' work&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    find(:css, &amp;quot;#i_dont_care&amp;quot;).set(true)&lt;br /&gt;
    click_button &amp;quot;Request a new submission to review&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    click_link &amp;quot;Begin&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    #expect(page).to have_content &amp;quot;Supplementary Reviewee Generated Questions&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' Topic Helper : '''topic_helper.rb :&lt;br /&gt;
:This file is included in the helper folder inside spec/features. This helper is used because the given methods are used in more than one place and to keep the code &amp;quot;DRY&amp;quot;. In the first method we are stubbing the user so that that user signs up for an assignment. In the second method more testing is being performed to test the upload link.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
module TopicHelper&lt;br /&gt;
    def signup_topic&lt;br /&gt;
        user = User.find_by(name: &amp;quot;student2064&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
        stub_current_user(user, user.role.name, user.role)&lt;br /&gt;
        visit '/student_task/list'&lt;br /&gt;
        visit '/sign_up_sheet/sign_up?id=1&amp;amp;topic_id=1' # signup topic&lt;br /&gt;
        visit '/student_task/list'&lt;br /&gt;
        click_link &amp;quot;TestAssignment&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        click_link &amp;quot;Your work&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
      end&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
    def submit_to_topic&lt;br /&gt;
        signup_topic&lt;br /&gt;
        fill_in 'submission', with: &amp;quot;https://www.ncsu.edu&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        click_on 'Upload link'&lt;br /&gt;
        expect(page).to have_content &amp;quot;https://www.ncsu.edu&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
      end&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File which are added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
*Added a migration to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
class SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire &amp;lt; ReviewQuestionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
  after_initialize :post_initialization&lt;br /&gt;
  def post_initialization&lt;br /&gt;
    self.display_type = 'SupplementaryReview'&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  def symbol&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;supplementary&amp;quot;.to_sym&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/20180419210958_add_srq_id_to_teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
*Added a migration which will add the Supplementary Review Questionnaire id column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table. This is to link the team which created the supplementary review questionnaire to the created questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
class AddSrqIdToTeams &amp;lt; ActiveRecord::Migration&lt;br /&gt;
  def change&lt;br /&gt;
    add_column :teams, :srq_id, :integer&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Obtained supplementary review questionnaire from the questionnaires table for new response.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
def set_questionnaire_for_new_response&lt;br /&gt;
    case @map.type&lt;br /&gt;
    when &amp;quot;ReviewResponseMap&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;SelfReviewResponseMap&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
      reviewees_topic = SignedUpTeam.topic_id_by_team_id(@contributor.id)&lt;br /&gt;
      @current_round = @assignment.number_of_current_round(reviewees_topic)&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire = @map.questionnaire(@current_round)&lt;br /&gt;
      # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
      @sr_questionnaire_id = Team.get_srq_id_of_team(@contributor.id)&lt;br /&gt;
      unless @sr_questionnaire_id.nil?&lt;br /&gt;
        @sr_questionnaire = Questionnaire.find(@sr_questionnaire_id)&lt;br /&gt;
      end&lt;br /&gt;
    when&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;quot;MetareviewResponseMap&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;quot;TeammateReviewResponseMap&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;quot;FeedbackResponseMap&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;quot;CourseSurveyResponseMap&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;quot;AssignmentSurveyResponseMap&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;quot;GlobalSurveyResponseMap&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire = @map.questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Obtained answers for the supplementary review questionnaire from the responses.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
def set_questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
    # if user is not filling a new rubric, the @response object should be available.&lt;br /&gt;
    # we can find the questionnaire from the question_id in answers&lt;br /&gt;
    answer = @response.scores.first&lt;br /&gt;
    @questionnaire = @response.questionnaire_by_answer(answer)&lt;br /&gt;
    # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
    sr_answer = @response.scores.last&lt;br /&gt;
    @sr_questionnaire = @response.questionnaire_by_answer(sr_answer)&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Appended responses of the supplementary review questionnaire in the edit method.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
def edit&lt;br /&gt;
    @header = &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    @next_action = &amp;quot;update&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    @return = params[:return]&lt;br /&gt;
    @response = Response.find(params[:id])&lt;br /&gt;
    @map = @response.map&lt;br /&gt;
    @contributor = @map.contributor&lt;br /&gt;
    set_all_responses&lt;br /&gt;
    if @prev.present?&lt;br /&gt;
      @sorted = @review_scores.sort {|m1, m2| m1.version_num.to_i and m2.version_num.to_i ? m2.version_num.to_i &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; m1.version_num.to_i : (m1.version_num ? -1 : 1) }&lt;br /&gt;
      @largest_version_num = @sorted[0]&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    @modified_object = @response.response_id&lt;br /&gt;
    # set more handy variables for the view&lt;br /&gt;
    set_content(new_response = true)&lt;br /&gt;
    @review_scores = []&lt;br /&gt;
    @questions.each do |question|&lt;br /&gt;
      @review_scores &amp;lt;&amp;lt; Answer.where(response_id: @response.response_id, question_id: question.id).first&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
    @sr_questions.each do |question|&lt;br /&gt;
      @review_scores &amp;lt;&amp;lt; Answer.where(response_id: @response.response_id, question_id: question.id).first&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    render action: 'response'&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Append questions of supplementary review questionnaire in create method and set content method.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
def create&lt;br /&gt;
    map_id = params[:id]&lt;br /&gt;
    map_id = params[:map_id] if !params[:map_id].nil?# pass map_id as a hidden field in the review form&lt;br /&gt;
    @map = ResponseMap.find(map_id)&lt;br /&gt;
    # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
    @team_id = @map.reviewee_id&lt;br /&gt;
    set_all_responses&lt;br /&gt;
    if params[:review][:questionnaire_id]&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire = Questionnaire.find(params[:review][:questionnaire_id])&lt;br /&gt;
      @round = params[:review][:round]&lt;br /&gt;
      # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
      @sr_questionnaire_id = Team.get_srq_id_of_team(@team_id)&lt;br /&gt;
      unless @sr_questionnaire_id.nil?&lt;br /&gt;
        @sr_questionnaire = Questionnaire.find(@sr_questionnaire_id)&lt;br /&gt;
      end&lt;br /&gt;
    else&lt;br /&gt;
      @round = nil&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    is_submitted = (params[:isSubmit] == 'Yes')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    if params[:saved].nil? || params[:saved] == &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; # a flag so the autosave doesn't create different versions. The value's changed by the javascript in response.js&lt;br /&gt;
      @response = Response.create(&lt;br /&gt;
          map_id: @map.id,&lt;br /&gt;
          additional_comment: params[:review][:comments],&lt;br /&gt;
          round: @round,&lt;br /&gt;
          is_submitted: is_submitted&lt;br /&gt;
      )&lt;br /&gt;
    else&lt;br /&gt;
      @response = Response.find_by(map_id: @map.id, round: @round)&lt;br /&gt;
      if !@response.nil?&lt;br /&gt;
        @response.update(additional_comment: params[:review][:comments]) # ignore if autoupdate try to save when the response object is not yet created.&lt;br /&gt;
      else&lt;br /&gt;
        logger.error(&amp;quot;Can't find response with '#{@map.id}' and round '#{@round}' to update, even though params[:saved] = #{params[:saved]}&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
      end&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    # ,:version_num=&amp;gt;@version)&lt;br /&gt;
    # Change the order for displaying questions for editing response views.&lt;br /&gt;
    questions = sort_questions(@questionnaire.questions)&lt;br /&gt;
    # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
    unless @sr_questionnaire.nil?&lt;br /&gt;
      sr_questions = sort_questions(@sr_questionnaire.questions)&lt;br /&gt;
      questions += sr_questions&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    create_answers(params, questions) if params[:responses]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    msg = &amp;quot;Your response was successfully saved.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    error_msg = &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    # @response.notify_instructor_on_difference if (@map.is_a? ReviewResponseMap) &amp;amp;&amp;amp; @response.is_submitted &amp;amp;&amp;amp; @response.significant_difference?&lt;br /&gt;
    # @response.email&lt;br /&gt;
    redirect_to controller: 'response', action: 'saving', id: @map.map_id, return: params[:return], msg: msg, error_msg: error_msg, save_options: params[:save_options]&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
def set_content(new_response = false)&lt;br /&gt;
    @title = @map.get_title&lt;br /&gt;
    if @map.survey?&lt;br /&gt;
      @survey_parent = @map.survey_parent&lt;br /&gt;
    else&lt;br /&gt;
      @assignment = @map.assignment&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    @participant = @map.reviewer&lt;br /&gt;
    @contributor = @map.contributor&lt;br /&gt;
    new_response ? set_questionnaire_for_new_response : set_questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
    set_dropdown_or_scale&lt;br /&gt;
    @questions = sort_questions(@questionnaire.questions)&lt;br /&gt;
    # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
    unless @sr_questionnaire.nil?&lt;br /&gt;
      @sr_questions = sort_questions(@sr_questionnaire.questions)&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    @min = @questionnaire.min_question_score&lt;br /&gt;
    @max = @questionnaire.max_question_score&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''app/controllers/grades_controller.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Added supplementary review responses to &amp;quot;Your Scores&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
def view_team&lt;br /&gt;
    @participant = AssignmentParticipant.find(params[:id])&lt;br /&gt;
    @assignment = @participant.assignment&lt;br /&gt;
    @team = @participant.team&lt;br /&gt;
    @team_id = @team.id&lt;br /&gt;
    @questions = {}&lt;br /&gt;
    questionnaires = @assignment.questionnaires&lt;br /&gt;
    retrieve_questions questionnaires&lt;br /&gt;
    @pscore = @participant.scores(@questions)&lt;br /&gt;
    @vmlist = []&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    # loop through each questionnaire, and populate the view model for all data necessary&lt;br /&gt;
    # to render the html tables.&lt;br /&gt;
    questionnaires.each do |questionnaire|&lt;br /&gt;
      @round = if @assignment.varying_rubrics_by_round? &amp;amp;&amp;amp; questionnaire.type == &amp;quot;ReviewQuestionnaire&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
                 AssignmentQuestionnaire.find_by(assignment_id: @assignment.id, questionnaire_id: questionnaire.id).used_in_round&lt;br /&gt;
               end&lt;br /&gt;
      vm = VmQuestionResponse.new(questionnaire, @assignment)&lt;br /&gt;
      vmquestions = questionnaire.questions&lt;br /&gt;
      # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
      @sr_questionnaire_id = Team.get_srq_id_of_team(@team.id)&lt;br /&gt;
      unless @sr_questionnaire_id.nil?&lt;br /&gt;
        @sr_questionnaire = Questionnaire.find(@sr_questionnaire_id)&lt;br /&gt;
        unless @sr_questionnaire.nil?&lt;br /&gt;
          sr_questions = @sr_questionnaire.questions&lt;br /&gt;
        end&lt;br /&gt;
      end&lt;br /&gt;
      vmquestions += sr_questions&lt;br /&gt;
      vm.add_questions(vmquestions)&lt;br /&gt;
      vm.add_team_members(@team)&lt;br /&gt;
      vm.add_reviews(@participant, @team, @assignment.varying_rubrics_by_round?)&lt;br /&gt;
      vm.get_number_of_comments_greater_than_10_words&lt;br /&gt;
      @vmlist &amp;lt;&amp;lt; vm&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    @current_role_name = current_role_name&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''app/views/assignments/edit/_rubrics.html.erb''' &lt;br /&gt;
*Add a checkbox called &amp;quot;Allow students to create supplementary review questionnaire&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;input name=&amp;quot;assignment_form[assignment][srq]&amp;quot; type=&amp;quot;hidden&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;%= check_box_tag('assignment_form[assignment][srq]', 'true', @assignment_form.assignment.srq) %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;%= label_tag('assignment_form[assignment][srq]', 'Allow students to add Supplementary Review Questionnaire?') %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. '''app/views/submitted_content/_main.html.erb''' &lt;br /&gt;
*Created a link &amp;quot; Create Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; to appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section if the instructor has enabled student generated Questions for this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;% if stage != &amp;quot;Finished&amp;quot; and controller.controller_name == 'submitted_content' and @can_submit %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Add Supplementary Review Questions:&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;% if @assignment.srq? %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;%= link_to &amp;quot;Create Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot;, {:controller =&amp;gt; &amp;quot;questionnaires&amp;quot;, :action =&amp;gt; &amp;quot;create_srq&amp;quot;, :id =&amp;gt; participant.id } %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;% else %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      The instructor has not enabled this feature for this assignment&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;% end %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;% end %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. '''app/controllers/questionnaires_controller''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Added a method to create Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
def create_srq&lt;br /&gt;
    @participant = AssignmentParticipant.find(params[:id])&lt;br /&gt;
    @team = Team.find(@participant.team.id)&lt;br /&gt;
    if @team.srq_id.nil? then&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire = Questionnaire.new&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire.private = false&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire.name = &amp;quot;SRQ_&amp;quot; + @team.id.to_s&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire.instructor_id = @team.id&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire.min_question_score = 0&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire.max_question_score = 5&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire.type = &amp;quot;SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire.display_type = &amp;quot;SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire.instruction_loc = Questionnaire::DEFAULT_QUESTIONNAIRE_URL&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire.save&lt;br /&gt;
      @team.srq_id = @questionnaire.id&lt;br /&gt;
      @team.save&lt;br /&gt;
      flash[:success] = 'You have successfully created a questionnaire!'&lt;br /&gt;
    else&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire = Questionnaire.find(@team.srq_id)&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    redirect_to controller: 'questionnaires', action: 'edit', id: @questionnaire.id&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. '''app/models/questionnaire.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Added &amp;quot;SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire&amp;quot; to QUESTIONNAIRE_TYPES.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. '''app/models/response.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Added supplementary review responses to be visible in the &amp;quot;Show Review&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
def construct_review_response code, self_id&lt;br /&gt;
    code += '&amp;lt;table id=&amp;quot;review_' + self_id + '&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;display: none;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;table table-bordered&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'&lt;br /&gt;
    answers = Answer.where(response_id: self.response_id)&lt;br /&gt;
    unless answers.empty?&lt;br /&gt;
      questionnaire = self.questionnaire_by_answer(answers.first)&lt;br /&gt;
      # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
      sr_questionnaire = self.questionnaire_by_answer(answers.last)&lt;br /&gt;
      questionnaire_max = questionnaire.max_question_score&lt;br /&gt;
      questions = questionnaire.questions.sort_by(&amp;amp;:seq)&lt;br /&gt;
      # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
      sr_questions = sr_questionnaire.questions.sort_by(&amp;amp;:seq)&lt;br /&gt;
      unless sr_questionnaire.nil?&lt;br /&gt;
        questions += sr_questions&lt;br /&gt;
      end&lt;br /&gt;
      # get the tag settings this questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
      tag_prompt_deployments = TagPromptDeployment.where(questionnaire_id: questionnaire.id, assignment_id: self.map.assignment.id)&lt;br /&gt;
      code = add_table_rows questionnaire_max, questions, answers, code&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    comment = if !self.additional_comment.nil?&lt;br /&gt;
                self.additional_comment.gsub('^p', '').gsub(/\n/, '&amp;lt;BR/&amp;gt;')&lt;br /&gt;
              else&lt;br /&gt;
                ''&lt;br /&gt;
              end&lt;br /&gt;
    code += '&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Additional Comment: &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;' + comment + '&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;'&lt;br /&gt;
    code += '&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;'&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. '''app/models/team.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a method to obtain srq_id of a team.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
def self.get_srq_id_of_team(team_id)&lt;br /&gt;
    t = Team.find(team_id)&lt;br /&gt;
    if t.blank?&lt;br /&gt;
      nil&lt;br /&gt;
    else&lt;br /&gt;
      t.srq_id&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. '''app/views/response/response.html.erb'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Added the following code section to append supplementary review to existing review.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;% unless @sr_questions.nil? %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;% @sr_questions.each do |question| %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;% answer = Answer.where(question_id: question.id, response_id: @response.id).first if !@response.nil? %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;% if question.instance_of? Criterion %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
          &amp;lt;%= question.complete(i, answer, @questionnaire.min_question_score, @questionnaire.max_question_score, @dropdown_or_scale) %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
          &amp;lt;%= tinymce %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;% elsif question.instance_of? Scale %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
          &amp;lt;%= question.complete(i, answer, @questionnaire.min_question_score, @questionnaire.max_question_score) %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
          &amp;lt;%= tinymce %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;% elsif question.instance_of? UploadFile %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
          &amp;lt;!--One form had better not in another form--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
          &amp;lt;!--Zhewei: I move the Uploadfile question to the end of questionnaire. So multiple forms will not been overlapped.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;% else %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
          &amp;lt;%= question.complete(i, answer) %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;% end %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;% i += 1 %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;% end %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;% end %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. '''db/migrate/20180428233726_add_srq_to_assignments.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
*. Added a migration to add a column &amp;quot;srq&amp;quot; to the &amp;quot;assignments&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
class AddSrqToAssignments &amp;lt; ActiveRecord::Migration&lt;br /&gt;
  def change&lt;br /&gt;
    add_column :assignments, :srq, :boolean&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Team members ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Shrinath Cheriyana&lt;br /&gt;
*Sanika Sabnis&lt;br /&gt;
*Pratik Keny&lt;br /&gt;
*Praneet Mocherla&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza on Github:https://github.com/Pratik2611/expertiza/tree/shrinathedit &lt;br /&gt;
*Pull Request: https://github.com/expertiza/expertiza/pull/1178&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza YouTube channel: https://youtu.be/p2zz_WN8lLs&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=117238</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=117238"/>
		<updated>2018-04-29T04:44:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Changes in the User Interface */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowcharts below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire only then a student can create a supplementary review questionnaire. A student can click on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab and see a link to the add/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire (SRQ), the entry in the SRQ column added to the Teams table will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When responses of questionnaire need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the responses of the reviewer is recorded, the student can click on &amp;quot;View Scores&amp;quot; tab for a particular assignment which contains the responses of the reviewer. This view should contain the responses for both the default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is not empty the responses of the supplementary review questions is appended to the responses of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''': The responses of the Supplementary Review Questions will not be added to the review scores of the project. It will just be shown to the team that has asked these questions so that they can see what suggestions does the reviewer has for the questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following changes need to be made to the User Interface. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a student to add supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section.  This link will redirect the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Finaledit1r.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A link called &amp;quot;Supplemantary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section when the Instructor has allowed students to create supplementary review questions. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link. Students can add Questions to the created Supplementary Review questionnaire here.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if the Supplementary Review rubric has been added. Thus, now the reviewer will be able to see the Supplementary Review questions along with the existing review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) so that the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions are also shown to student. &lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''':The student-generated questions (Supplementary Review Questions) will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions have been added to the responses of the existing review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Supplementary Review Questionnaire Testing : '''supplementary_review_rubric_spec.rb :&lt;br /&gt;
:In this test, we are testing the addition and editing of the supplementary questionnaire. Furthermore, we are also checking whether the questionnaire is being displayed or not to the reviewer. Also a test has been added to check if the questionnaire gets added to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
include TopicHelper&lt;br /&gt;
describe &amp;quot;supplementary rubric testing&amp;quot; do&lt;br /&gt;
  before(:each) do&lt;br /&gt;
      # create assignment and topic&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:assignment, name: &amp;quot;TestAssignment&amp;quot;, directory_path: &amp;quot;TestAssignment&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
      create_list(:participant, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:assignment_team)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:team_user, user: User.where(role_id: 2).first, team: AssignmentTeam.first)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:topic, topic_name: &amp;quot;TestTopic&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:deadline_type, name: &amp;quot;submission&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:deadline_type, name: &amp;quot;review&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:deadline_type, name: &amp;quot;metareview&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:deadline_type, name: &amp;quot;drop_topic&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:deadline_type, name: &amp;quot;signup&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:deadline_type, name: &amp;quot;team_formation&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:deadline_right)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:deadline_right, name: 'Late')&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:deadline_right, name: 'OK')&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:assignment_questionnaire)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:questionnaire)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:question)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:assignment_due_date, deadline_type: DeadlineType.where(name: &amp;quot;submission&amp;quot;).first, due_at: DateTime.now.in_time_zone + 1.day)&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  it &amp;quot;has srq to add/edit supplementary questionnaire&amp;quot; do&lt;br /&gt;
    signup_topic&lt;br /&gt;
    expect(page).to have_content &amp;quot;Create Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  it &amp;quot;add supplementary questionnaire to teams model&amp;quot; do&lt;br /&gt;
    signup_topic&lt;br /&gt;
    click_link &amp;quot;Create Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    click_button &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    click_button &amp;quot;Save supplementaryreview questionnaire&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
   # assert !Team.supplementary_rubric_by_team_id(2).nil?&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  it &amp;quot;should display Supplementary Questionnaire to assigned student&amp;quot; do&lt;br /&gt;
    submit_to_topic&lt;br /&gt;
    click_link &amp;quot;Create Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    click_button &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    click_button &amp;quot;Save supplementaryreview questionnaire&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    user = User.find_by(name: &amp;quot;student2066&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
    stub_current_user(user, user.role.name, user.role)&lt;br /&gt;
    visit '/student_task/list'&lt;br /&gt;
    click_link &amp;quot;TestAssignment&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    click_link &amp;quot;Others' work&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    find(:css, &amp;quot;#i_dont_care&amp;quot;).set(true)&lt;br /&gt;
    click_button &amp;quot;Request a new submission to review&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    click_link &amp;quot;Begin&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    #expect(page).to have_content &amp;quot;Supplementary Reviewee Generated Questions&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' Topic Helper : '''topic_helper.rb :&lt;br /&gt;
:This file is included in the helper folder inside spec/features. This helper is used because the given methods are used in more than one place and to keep the code &amp;quot;DRY&amp;quot;. In the first method we are stubbing the user so that that user signs up for an assignment. In the second method more testing is being performed to test the upload link.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
module TopicHelper&lt;br /&gt;
    def signup_topic&lt;br /&gt;
        user = User.find_by(name: &amp;quot;student2064&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
        stub_current_user(user, user.role.name, user.role)&lt;br /&gt;
        visit '/student_task/list'&lt;br /&gt;
        visit '/sign_up_sheet/sign_up?id=1&amp;amp;topic_id=1' # signup topic&lt;br /&gt;
        visit '/student_task/list'&lt;br /&gt;
        click_link &amp;quot;TestAssignment&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        click_link &amp;quot;Your work&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
      end&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
    def submit_to_topic&lt;br /&gt;
        signup_topic&lt;br /&gt;
        fill_in 'submission', with: &amp;quot;https://www.ncsu.edu&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        click_on 'Upload link'&lt;br /&gt;
        expect(page).to have_content &amp;quot;https://www.ncsu.edu&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
      end&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File which are added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
*Added a migration to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
class SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire &amp;lt; ReviewQuestionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
  after_initialize :post_initialization&lt;br /&gt;
  def post_initialization&lt;br /&gt;
    self.display_type = 'SupplementaryReview'&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  def symbol&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;supplementary&amp;quot;.to_sym&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/20180419210958_add_srq_id_to_teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
*Added a migration which will add the Supplementary Review Questionnaire id column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table. This is to link the team which created the supplementary review questionnaire to the created questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
class AddSrqIdToTeams &amp;lt; ActiveRecord::Migration&lt;br /&gt;
  def change&lt;br /&gt;
    add_column :teams, :srq_id, :integer&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Obtained supplementary review questionnaire from the questionnaires table for new response.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
def set_questionnaire_for_new_response&lt;br /&gt;
    case @map.type&lt;br /&gt;
    when &amp;quot;ReviewResponseMap&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;SelfReviewResponseMap&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
      reviewees_topic = SignedUpTeam.topic_id_by_team_id(@contributor.id)&lt;br /&gt;
      @current_round = @assignment.number_of_current_round(reviewees_topic)&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire = @map.questionnaire(@current_round)&lt;br /&gt;
      # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
      @sr_questionnaire_id = Team.get_srq_id_of_team(@contributor.id)&lt;br /&gt;
      unless @sr_questionnaire_id.nil?&lt;br /&gt;
        @sr_questionnaire = Questionnaire.find(@sr_questionnaire_id)&lt;br /&gt;
      end&lt;br /&gt;
    when&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;quot;MetareviewResponseMap&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;quot;TeammateReviewResponseMap&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;quot;FeedbackResponseMap&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;quot;CourseSurveyResponseMap&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;quot;AssignmentSurveyResponseMap&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;quot;GlobalSurveyResponseMap&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire = @map.questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Obtained answers for the supplementary review questionnaire from the responses.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
def set_questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
    # if user is not filling a new rubric, the @response object should be available.&lt;br /&gt;
    # we can find the questionnaire from the question_id in answers&lt;br /&gt;
    answer = @response.scores.first&lt;br /&gt;
    @questionnaire = @response.questionnaire_by_answer(answer)&lt;br /&gt;
    # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
    sr_answer = @response.scores.last&lt;br /&gt;
    @sr_questionnaire = @response.questionnaire_by_answer(sr_answer)&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Appended responses of the supplementary review questionnaire in the edit method.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
def edit&lt;br /&gt;
    @header = &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    @next_action = &amp;quot;update&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    @return = params[:return]&lt;br /&gt;
    @response = Response.find(params[:id])&lt;br /&gt;
    @map = @response.map&lt;br /&gt;
    @contributor = @map.contributor&lt;br /&gt;
    set_all_responses&lt;br /&gt;
    if @prev.present?&lt;br /&gt;
      @sorted = @review_scores.sort {|m1, m2| m1.version_num.to_i and m2.version_num.to_i ? m2.version_num.to_i &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; m1.version_num.to_i : (m1.version_num ? -1 : 1) }&lt;br /&gt;
      @largest_version_num = @sorted[0]&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    @modified_object = @response.response_id&lt;br /&gt;
    # set more handy variables for the view&lt;br /&gt;
    set_content(new_response = true)&lt;br /&gt;
    @review_scores = []&lt;br /&gt;
    @questions.each do |question|&lt;br /&gt;
      @review_scores &amp;lt;&amp;lt; Answer.where(response_id: @response.response_id, question_id: question.id).first&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
    @sr_questions.each do |question|&lt;br /&gt;
      @review_scores &amp;lt;&amp;lt; Answer.where(response_id: @response.response_id, question_id: question.id).first&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    render action: 'response'&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Append questions of supplementary review questionnaire in create method and set content method.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
def create&lt;br /&gt;
    map_id = params[:id]&lt;br /&gt;
    map_id = params[:map_id] if !params[:map_id].nil?# pass map_id as a hidden field in the review form&lt;br /&gt;
    @map = ResponseMap.find(map_id)&lt;br /&gt;
    # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
    @team_id = @map.reviewee_id&lt;br /&gt;
    set_all_responses&lt;br /&gt;
    if params[:review][:questionnaire_id]&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire = Questionnaire.find(params[:review][:questionnaire_id])&lt;br /&gt;
      @round = params[:review][:round]&lt;br /&gt;
      # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
      @sr_questionnaire_id = Team.get_srq_id_of_team(@team_id)&lt;br /&gt;
      unless @sr_questionnaire_id.nil?&lt;br /&gt;
        @sr_questionnaire = Questionnaire.find(@sr_questionnaire_id)&lt;br /&gt;
      end&lt;br /&gt;
    else&lt;br /&gt;
      @round = nil&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    is_submitted = (params[:isSubmit] == 'Yes')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    if params[:saved].nil? || params[:saved] == &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; # a flag so the autosave doesn't create different versions. The value's changed by the javascript in response.js&lt;br /&gt;
      @response = Response.create(&lt;br /&gt;
          map_id: @map.id,&lt;br /&gt;
          additional_comment: params[:review][:comments],&lt;br /&gt;
          round: @round,&lt;br /&gt;
          is_submitted: is_submitted&lt;br /&gt;
      )&lt;br /&gt;
    else&lt;br /&gt;
      @response = Response.find_by(map_id: @map.id, round: @round)&lt;br /&gt;
      if !@response.nil?&lt;br /&gt;
        @response.update(additional_comment: params[:review][:comments]) # ignore if autoupdate try to save when the response object is not yet created.&lt;br /&gt;
      else&lt;br /&gt;
        logger.error(&amp;quot;Can't find response with '#{@map.id}' and round '#{@round}' to update, even though params[:saved] = #{params[:saved]}&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
      end&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    # ,:version_num=&amp;gt;@version)&lt;br /&gt;
    # Change the order for displaying questions for editing response views.&lt;br /&gt;
    questions = sort_questions(@questionnaire.questions)&lt;br /&gt;
    # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
    unless @sr_questionnaire.nil?&lt;br /&gt;
      sr_questions = sort_questions(@sr_questionnaire.questions)&lt;br /&gt;
      questions += sr_questions&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    create_answers(params, questions) if params[:responses]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    msg = &amp;quot;Your response was successfully saved.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    error_msg = &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    # @response.notify_instructor_on_difference if (@map.is_a? ReviewResponseMap) &amp;amp;&amp;amp; @response.is_submitted &amp;amp;&amp;amp; @response.significant_difference?&lt;br /&gt;
    # @response.email&lt;br /&gt;
    redirect_to controller: 'response', action: 'saving', id: @map.map_id, return: params[:return], msg: msg, error_msg: error_msg, save_options: params[:save_options]&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
def set_content(new_response = false)&lt;br /&gt;
    @title = @map.get_title&lt;br /&gt;
    if @map.survey?&lt;br /&gt;
      @survey_parent = @map.survey_parent&lt;br /&gt;
    else&lt;br /&gt;
      @assignment = @map.assignment&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    @participant = @map.reviewer&lt;br /&gt;
    @contributor = @map.contributor&lt;br /&gt;
    new_response ? set_questionnaire_for_new_response : set_questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
    set_dropdown_or_scale&lt;br /&gt;
    @questions = sort_questions(@questionnaire.questions)&lt;br /&gt;
    # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
    unless @sr_questionnaire.nil?&lt;br /&gt;
      @sr_questions = sort_questions(@sr_questionnaire.questions)&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    @min = @questionnaire.min_question_score&lt;br /&gt;
    @max = @questionnaire.max_question_score&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''app/controllers/grades_controller.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Added supplementary review responses to &amp;quot;Your Scores&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
def view_team&lt;br /&gt;
    @participant = AssignmentParticipant.find(params[:id])&lt;br /&gt;
    @assignment = @participant.assignment&lt;br /&gt;
    @team = @participant.team&lt;br /&gt;
    @team_id = @team.id&lt;br /&gt;
    @questions = {}&lt;br /&gt;
    questionnaires = @assignment.questionnaires&lt;br /&gt;
    retrieve_questions questionnaires&lt;br /&gt;
    @pscore = @participant.scores(@questions)&lt;br /&gt;
    @vmlist = []&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    # loop through each questionnaire, and populate the view model for all data necessary&lt;br /&gt;
    # to render the html tables.&lt;br /&gt;
    questionnaires.each do |questionnaire|&lt;br /&gt;
      @round = if @assignment.varying_rubrics_by_round? &amp;amp;&amp;amp; questionnaire.type == &amp;quot;ReviewQuestionnaire&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
                 AssignmentQuestionnaire.find_by(assignment_id: @assignment.id, questionnaire_id: questionnaire.id).used_in_round&lt;br /&gt;
               end&lt;br /&gt;
      vm = VmQuestionResponse.new(questionnaire, @assignment)&lt;br /&gt;
      vmquestions = questionnaire.questions&lt;br /&gt;
      # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
      @sr_questionnaire_id = Team.get_srq_id_of_team(@team.id)&lt;br /&gt;
      unless @sr_questionnaire_id.nil?&lt;br /&gt;
        @sr_questionnaire = Questionnaire.find(@sr_questionnaire_id)&lt;br /&gt;
        unless @sr_questionnaire.nil?&lt;br /&gt;
          sr_questions = @sr_questionnaire.questions&lt;br /&gt;
        end&lt;br /&gt;
      end&lt;br /&gt;
      vmquestions += sr_questions&lt;br /&gt;
      vm.add_questions(vmquestions)&lt;br /&gt;
      vm.add_team_members(@team)&lt;br /&gt;
      vm.add_reviews(@participant, @team, @assignment.varying_rubrics_by_round?)&lt;br /&gt;
      vm.get_number_of_comments_greater_than_10_words&lt;br /&gt;
      @vmlist &amp;lt;&amp;lt; vm&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    @current_role_name = current_role_name&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''app/views/assignments/edit/_rubrics.html.erb''' &lt;br /&gt;
*Add a checkbox called &amp;quot;Allow students to create supplementary review questionnaire&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;input name=&amp;quot;assignment_form[assignment][srq]&amp;quot; type=&amp;quot;hidden&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;%= check_box_tag('assignment_form[assignment][srq]', 'true', @assignment_form.assignment.srq) %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;%= label_tag('assignment_form[assignment][srq]', 'Allow students to add Supplementary Review Questionnaire?') %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. '''app/views/submitted_content/_main.html.erb''' &lt;br /&gt;
*Created a link &amp;quot; Create Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; to appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section if the instructor has enabled student generated Questions for this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;% if stage != &amp;quot;Finished&amp;quot; and controller.controller_name == 'submitted_content' and @can_submit %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Add Supplementary Review Questions:&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;% if @assignment.srq? %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;%= link_to &amp;quot;Create Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot;, {:controller =&amp;gt; &amp;quot;questionnaires&amp;quot;, :action =&amp;gt; &amp;quot;create_srq&amp;quot;, :id =&amp;gt; participant.id } %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;% else %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      The instructor has not enabled this feature for this assignment&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;% end %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;% end %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. '''app/controllers/questionnaires_controller''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Added a method to create Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
def create_srq&lt;br /&gt;
    @participant = AssignmentParticipant.find(params[:id])&lt;br /&gt;
    @team = Team.find(@participant.team.id)&lt;br /&gt;
    if @team.srq_id.nil? then&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire = Questionnaire.new&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire.private = false&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire.name = &amp;quot;SRQ_&amp;quot; + @team.id.to_s&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire.instructor_id = @team.id&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire.min_question_score = 0&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire.max_question_score = 5&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire.type = &amp;quot;SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire.display_type = &amp;quot;SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire.instruction_loc = Questionnaire::DEFAULT_QUESTIONNAIRE_URL&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire.save&lt;br /&gt;
      @team.srq_id = @questionnaire.id&lt;br /&gt;
      @team.save&lt;br /&gt;
      flash[:success] = 'You have successfully created a questionnaire!'&lt;br /&gt;
    else&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire = Questionnaire.find(@team.srq_id)&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    redirect_to controller: 'questionnaires', action: 'edit', id: @questionnaire.id&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. '''app/models/questionnaire.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Added &amp;quot;SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire&amp;quot; to QUESTIONNAIRE_TYPES.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. '''app/models/response.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Added supplementary review responses to be visible in the &amp;quot;Show Review&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
def construct_review_response code, self_id&lt;br /&gt;
    code += '&amp;lt;table id=&amp;quot;review_' + self_id + '&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;display: none;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;table table-bordered&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'&lt;br /&gt;
    answers = Answer.where(response_id: self.response_id)&lt;br /&gt;
    unless answers.empty?&lt;br /&gt;
      questionnaire = self.questionnaire_by_answer(answers.first)&lt;br /&gt;
      # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
      sr_questionnaire = self.questionnaire_by_answer(answers.last)&lt;br /&gt;
      questionnaire_max = questionnaire.max_question_score&lt;br /&gt;
      questions = questionnaire.questions.sort_by(&amp;amp;:seq)&lt;br /&gt;
      # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
      sr_questions = sr_questionnaire.questions.sort_by(&amp;amp;:seq)&lt;br /&gt;
      unless sr_questionnaire.nil?&lt;br /&gt;
        questions += sr_questions&lt;br /&gt;
      end&lt;br /&gt;
      # get the tag settings this questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
      tag_prompt_deployments = TagPromptDeployment.where(questionnaire_id: questionnaire.id, assignment_id: self.map.assignment.id)&lt;br /&gt;
      code = add_table_rows questionnaire_max, questions, answers, code&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    comment = if !self.additional_comment.nil?&lt;br /&gt;
                self.additional_comment.gsub('^p', '').gsub(/\n/, '&amp;lt;BR/&amp;gt;')&lt;br /&gt;
              else&lt;br /&gt;
                ''&lt;br /&gt;
              end&lt;br /&gt;
    code += '&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Additional Comment: &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;' + comment + '&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;'&lt;br /&gt;
    code += '&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;'&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. '''app/models/team.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a method to obtain srq_id of a team.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
def self.get_srq_id_of_team(team_id)&lt;br /&gt;
    t = Team.find(team_id)&lt;br /&gt;
    if t.blank?&lt;br /&gt;
      nil&lt;br /&gt;
    else&lt;br /&gt;
      t.srq_id&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. '''app/views/response/response.html.erb'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Added the following code section to append supplementary review to existing review.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;% unless @sr_questions.nil? %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;% @sr_questions.each do |question| %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;% answer = Answer.where(question_id: question.id, response_id: @response.id).first if !@response.nil? %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;% if question.instance_of? Criterion %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
          &amp;lt;%= question.complete(i, answer, @questionnaire.min_question_score, @questionnaire.max_question_score, @dropdown_or_scale) %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
          &amp;lt;%= tinymce %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;% elsif question.instance_of? Scale %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
          &amp;lt;%= question.complete(i, answer, @questionnaire.min_question_score, @questionnaire.max_question_score) %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
          &amp;lt;%= tinymce %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;% elsif question.instance_of? UploadFile %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
          &amp;lt;!--One form had better not in another form--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
          &amp;lt;!--Zhewei: I move the Uploadfile question to the end of questionnaire. So multiple forms will not been overlapped.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;% else %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
          &amp;lt;%= question.complete(i, answer) %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;% end %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;% i += 1 %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;% end %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;% end %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. '''db/migrate/20180428233726_add_srq_to_assignments.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
*. Added a migration to add a column &amp;quot;srq&amp;quot; to the &amp;quot;assignments&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
class AddSrqToAssignments &amp;lt; ActiveRecord::Migration&lt;br /&gt;
  def change&lt;br /&gt;
    add_column :assignments, :srq, :boolean&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Team members ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Shrinath Cheriyana&lt;br /&gt;
*Sanika Sabnis&lt;br /&gt;
*Pratik Keny&lt;br /&gt;
*Praneet Mocherla&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza on Github:https://github.com/Pratik2611/expertiza/tree/shrinathedit &lt;br /&gt;
*Pull Request: https://github.com/expertiza/expertiza/pull/1178&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza YouTube channel: https://youtu.be/p2zz_WN8lLs&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=117234</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=117234"/>
		<updated>2018-04-29T04:40:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* File which are added/modified */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowcharts below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire only then a student can create a supplementary review questionnaire. A student can click on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab and see a link to the add/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire (SRQ), the entry in the SRQ column added to the Teams table will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When responses of questionnaire need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the responses of the reviewer is recorded, the student can click on &amp;quot;View Scores&amp;quot; tab for a particular assignment which contains the responses of the reviewer. This view should contain the responses for both the default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is not empty the responses of the supplementary review questions is appended to the responses of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''': The responses of the Supplementary Review Questions will not be added to the review scores of the project. It will just be shown to the team that has asked these questions so that they can see what suggestions does the reviewer has for the questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following changes need to be made to the User Interface. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a student to add supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section.  This link will redirect the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Finaledit1r.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A link called &amp;quot;Supplemantary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section when the Instructor has allowed students to create supplementary review questions. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if the Supplementary Review rubric has been added. Thus, now the reviewer will be able to see the Supplementary Review questions along with the existing review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) so that the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions are also shown to student. &lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''':The student-generated questions (Supplementary Review Questions) will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions have been added to the responses of the existing review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Supplementary Review Questionnaire Testing : '''supplementary_review_rubric_spec.rb :&lt;br /&gt;
:In this test, we are testing the addition and editing of the supplementary questionnaire. Furthermore, we are also checking whether the questionnaire is being displayed or not to the reviewer. Also a test has been added to check if the questionnaire gets added to the model.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
include TopicHelper&lt;br /&gt;
describe &amp;quot;supplementary rubric testing&amp;quot; do&lt;br /&gt;
  before(:each) do&lt;br /&gt;
      # create assignment and topic&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:assignment, name: &amp;quot;TestAssignment&amp;quot;, directory_path: &amp;quot;TestAssignment&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
      create_list(:participant, 3)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:assignment_team)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:team_user, user: User.where(role_id: 2).first, team: AssignmentTeam.first)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:topic, topic_name: &amp;quot;TestTopic&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:deadline_type, name: &amp;quot;submission&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:deadline_type, name: &amp;quot;review&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:deadline_type, name: &amp;quot;metareview&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:deadline_type, name: &amp;quot;drop_topic&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:deadline_type, name: &amp;quot;signup&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:deadline_type, name: &amp;quot;team_formation&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:deadline_right)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:deadline_right, name: 'Late')&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:deadline_right, name: 'OK')&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:assignment_questionnaire)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:questionnaire)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:question)&lt;br /&gt;
      create(:assignment_due_date, deadline_type: DeadlineType.where(name: &amp;quot;submission&amp;quot;).first, due_at: DateTime.now.in_time_zone + 1.day)&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  it &amp;quot;has srq to add/edit supplementary questionnaire&amp;quot; do&lt;br /&gt;
    signup_topic&lt;br /&gt;
    expect(page).to have_content &amp;quot;Create Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  it &amp;quot;add supplementary questionnaire to teams model&amp;quot; do&lt;br /&gt;
    signup_topic&lt;br /&gt;
    click_link &amp;quot;Create Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    click_button &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    click_button &amp;quot;Save supplementaryreview questionnaire&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
   # assert !Team.supplementary_rubric_by_team_id(2).nil?&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  it &amp;quot;should display Supplementary Questionnaire to assigned student&amp;quot; do&lt;br /&gt;
    submit_to_topic&lt;br /&gt;
    click_link &amp;quot;Create Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    click_button &amp;quot;Add&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    click_button &amp;quot;Save supplementaryreview questionnaire&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    user = User.find_by(name: &amp;quot;student2066&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
    stub_current_user(user, user.role.name, user.role)&lt;br /&gt;
    visit '/student_task/list'&lt;br /&gt;
    click_link &amp;quot;TestAssignment&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    click_link &amp;quot;Others' work&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    find(:css, &amp;quot;#i_dont_care&amp;quot;).set(true)&lt;br /&gt;
    click_button &amp;quot;Request a new submission to review&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    click_link &amp;quot;Begin&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    #expect(page).to have_content &amp;quot;Supplementary Reviewee Generated Questions&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''' Topic Helper : '''topic_helper.rb :&lt;br /&gt;
:This file is included in the helper folder inside spec/features. This helper is used because the given methods are used in more than one place and to keep the code &amp;quot;DRY&amp;quot;. In the first method we are stubbing the user so that that user signs up for an assignment. In the second method more testing is being performed to test the upload link.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
module TopicHelper&lt;br /&gt;
    def signup_topic&lt;br /&gt;
        user = User.find_by(name: &amp;quot;student2064&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
        stub_current_user(user, user.role.name, user.role)&lt;br /&gt;
        visit '/student_task/list'&lt;br /&gt;
        visit '/sign_up_sheet/sign_up?id=1&amp;amp;topic_id=1' # signup topic&lt;br /&gt;
        visit '/student_task/list'&lt;br /&gt;
        click_link &amp;quot;TestAssignment&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        click_link &amp;quot;Your work&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
      end&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
    def submit_to_topic&lt;br /&gt;
        signup_topic&lt;br /&gt;
        fill_in 'submission', with: &amp;quot;https://www.ncsu.edu&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
        click_on 'Upload link'&lt;br /&gt;
        expect(page).to have_content &amp;quot;https://www.ncsu.edu&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
      end&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File which are added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
*Added a migration to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
class SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire &amp;lt; ReviewQuestionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
  after_initialize :post_initialization&lt;br /&gt;
  def post_initialization&lt;br /&gt;
    self.display_type = 'SupplementaryReview'&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  def symbol&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;quot;supplementary&amp;quot;.to_sym&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/20180419210958_add_srq_id_to_teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
*Added a migration which will add the Supplementary Review Questionnaire id column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table. This is to link the team which created the supplementary review questionnaire to the created questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
class AddSrqIdToTeams &amp;lt; ActiveRecord::Migration&lt;br /&gt;
  def change&lt;br /&gt;
    add_column :teams, :srq_id, :integer&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Obtained supplementary review questionnaire from the questionnaires table for new response.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
def set_questionnaire_for_new_response&lt;br /&gt;
    case @map.type&lt;br /&gt;
    when &amp;quot;ReviewResponseMap&amp;quot;, &amp;quot;SelfReviewResponseMap&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
      reviewees_topic = SignedUpTeam.topic_id_by_team_id(@contributor.id)&lt;br /&gt;
      @current_round = @assignment.number_of_current_round(reviewees_topic)&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire = @map.questionnaire(@current_round)&lt;br /&gt;
      # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
      @sr_questionnaire_id = Team.get_srq_id_of_team(@contributor.id)&lt;br /&gt;
      unless @sr_questionnaire_id.nil?&lt;br /&gt;
        @sr_questionnaire = Questionnaire.find(@sr_questionnaire_id)&lt;br /&gt;
      end&lt;br /&gt;
    when&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;quot;MetareviewResponseMap&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;quot;TeammateReviewResponseMap&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;quot;FeedbackResponseMap&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;quot;CourseSurveyResponseMap&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;quot;AssignmentSurveyResponseMap&amp;quot;,&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;quot;GlobalSurveyResponseMap&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire = @map.questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Obtained answers for the supplementary review questionnaire from the responses.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
def set_questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
    # if user is not filling a new rubric, the @response object should be available.&lt;br /&gt;
    # we can find the questionnaire from the question_id in answers&lt;br /&gt;
    answer = @response.scores.first&lt;br /&gt;
    @questionnaire = @response.questionnaire_by_answer(answer)&lt;br /&gt;
    # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
    sr_answer = @response.scores.last&lt;br /&gt;
    @sr_questionnaire = @response.questionnaire_by_answer(sr_answer)&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* Appended responses of the supplementary review questionnaire in the edit method.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
def edit&lt;br /&gt;
    @header = &amp;quot;Edit&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    @next_action = &amp;quot;update&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    @return = params[:return]&lt;br /&gt;
    @response = Response.find(params[:id])&lt;br /&gt;
    @map = @response.map&lt;br /&gt;
    @contributor = @map.contributor&lt;br /&gt;
    set_all_responses&lt;br /&gt;
    if @prev.present?&lt;br /&gt;
      @sorted = @review_scores.sort {|m1, m2| m1.version_num.to_i and m2.version_num.to_i ? m2.version_num.to_i &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; m1.version_num.to_i : (m1.version_num ? -1 : 1) }&lt;br /&gt;
      @largest_version_num = @sorted[0]&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    @modified_object = @response.response_id&lt;br /&gt;
    # set more handy variables for the view&lt;br /&gt;
    set_content(new_response = true)&lt;br /&gt;
    @review_scores = []&lt;br /&gt;
    @questions.each do |question|&lt;br /&gt;
      @review_scores &amp;lt;&amp;lt; Answer.where(response_id: @response.response_id, question_id: question.id).first&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
    @sr_questions.each do |question|&lt;br /&gt;
      @review_scores &amp;lt;&amp;lt; Answer.where(response_id: @response.response_id, question_id: question.id).first&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    render action: 'response'&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* Append questions of supplementary review questionnaire in create method and set content method.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
def create&lt;br /&gt;
    map_id = params[:id]&lt;br /&gt;
    map_id = params[:map_id] if !params[:map_id].nil?# pass map_id as a hidden field in the review form&lt;br /&gt;
    @map = ResponseMap.find(map_id)&lt;br /&gt;
    # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
    @team_id = @map.reviewee_id&lt;br /&gt;
    set_all_responses&lt;br /&gt;
    if params[:review][:questionnaire_id]&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire = Questionnaire.find(params[:review][:questionnaire_id])&lt;br /&gt;
      @round = params[:review][:round]&lt;br /&gt;
      # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
      @sr_questionnaire_id = Team.get_srq_id_of_team(@team_id)&lt;br /&gt;
      unless @sr_questionnaire_id.nil?&lt;br /&gt;
        @sr_questionnaire = Questionnaire.find(@sr_questionnaire_id)&lt;br /&gt;
      end&lt;br /&gt;
    else&lt;br /&gt;
      @round = nil&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    is_submitted = (params[:isSubmit] == 'Yes')&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    if params[:saved].nil? || params[:saved] == &amp;quot;0&amp;quot; # a flag so the autosave doesn't create different versions. The value's changed by the javascript in response.js&lt;br /&gt;
      @response = Response.create(&lt;br /&gt;
          map_id: @map.id,&lt;br /&gt;
          additional_comment: params[:review][:comments],&lt;br /&gt;
          round: @round,&lt;br /&gt;
          is_submitted: is_submitted&lt;br /&gt;
      )&lt;br /&gt;
    else&lt;br /&gt;
      @response = Response.find_by(map_id: @map.id, round: @round)&lt;br /&gt;
      if !@response.nil?&lt;br /&gt;
        @response.update(additional_comment: params[:review][:comments]) # ignore if autoupdate try to save when the response object is not yet created.&lt;br /&gt;
      else&lt;br /&gt;
        logger.error(&amp;quot;Can't find response with '#{@map.id}' and round '#{@round}' to update, even though params[:saved] = #{params[:saved]}&amp;quot;)&lt;br /&gt;
      end&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    # ,:version_num=&amp;gt;@version)&lt;br /&gt;
    # Change the order for displaying questions for editing response views.&lt;br /&gt;
    questions = sort_questions(@questionnaire.questions)&lt;br /&gt;
    # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
    unless @sr_questionnaire.nil?&lt;br /&gt;
      sr_questions = sort_questions(@sr_questionnaire.questions)&lt;br /&gt;
      questions += sr_questions&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    create_answers(params, questions) if params[:responses]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    msg = &amp;quot;Your response was successfully saved.&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    error_msg = &amp;quot;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
    # @response.notify_instructor_on_difference if (@map.is_a? ReviewResponseMap) &amp;amp;&amp;amp; @response.is_submitted &amp;amp;&amp;amp; @response.significant_difference?&lt;br /&gt;
    # @response.email&lt;br /&gt;
    redirect_to controller: 'response', action: 'saving', id: @map.map_id, return: params[:return], msg: msg, error_msg: error_msg, save_options: params[:save_options]&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
def set_content(new_response = false)&lt;br /&gt;
    @title = @map.get_title&lt;br /&gt;
    if @map.survey?&lt;br /&gt;
      @survey_parent = @map.survey_parent&lt;br /&gt;
    else&lt;br /&gt;
      @assignment = @map.assignment&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    @participant = @map.reviewer&lt;br /&gt;
    @contributor = @map.contributor&lt;br /&gt;
    new_response ? set_questionnaire_for_new_response : set_questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
    set_dropdown_or_scale&lt;br /&gt;
    @questions = sort_questions(@questionnaire.questions)&lt;br /&gt;
    # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
    unless @sr_questionnaire.nil?&lt;br /&gt;
      @sr_questions = sort_questions(@sr_questionnaire.questions)&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    @min = @questionnaire.min_question_score&lt;br /&gt;
    @max = @questionnaire.max_question_score&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''app/controllers/grades_controller.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Added supplementary review responses to &amp;quot;Your Scores&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
def view_team&lt;br /&gt;
    @participant = AssignmentParticipant.find(params[:id])&lt;br /&gt;
    @assignment = @participant.assignment&lt;br /&gt;
    @team = @participant.team&lt;br /&gt;
    @team_id = @team.id&lt;br /&gt;
    @questions = {}&lt;br /&gt;
    questionnaires = @assignment.questionnaires&lt;br /&gt;
    retrieve_questions questionnaires&lt;br /&gt;
    @pscore = @participant.scores(@questions)&lt;br /&gt;
    @vmlist = []&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
    # loop through each questionnaire, and populate the view model for all data necessary&lt;br /&gt;
    # to render the html tables.&lt;br /&gt;
    questionnaires.each do |questionnaire|&lt;br /&gt;
      @round = if @assignment.varying_rubrics_by_round? &amp;amp;&amp;amp; questionnaire.type == &amp;quot;ReviewQuestionnaire&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
                 AssignmentQuestionnaire.find_by(assignment_id: @assignment.id, questionnaire_id: questionnaire.id).used_in_round&lt;br /&gt;
               end&lt;br /&gt;
      vm = VmQuestionResponse.new(questionnaire, @assignment)&lt;br /&gt;
      vmquestions = questionnaire.questions&lt;br /&gt;
      # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
      @sr_questionnaire_id = Team.get_srq_id_of_team(@team.id)&lt;br /&gt;
      unless @sr_questionnaire_id.nil?&lt;br /&gt;
        @sr_questionnaire = Questionnaire.find(@sr_questionnaire_id)&lt;br /&gt;
        unless @sr_questionnaire.nil?&lt;br /&gt;
          sr_questions = @sr_questionnaire.questions&lt;br /&gt;
        end&lt;br /&gt;
      end&lt;br /&gt;
      vmquestions += sr_questions&lt;br /&gt;
      vm.add_questions(vmquestions)&lt;br /&gt;
      vm.add_team_members(@team)&lt;br /&gt;
      vm.add_reviews(@participant, @team, @assignment.varying_rubrics_by_round?)&lt;br /&gt;
      vm.get_number_of_comments_greater_than_10_words&lt;br /&gt;
      @vmlist &amp;lt;&amp;lt; vm&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    @current_role_name = current_role_name&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''app/views/assignments/edit/_rubrics.html.erb''' &lt;br /&gt;
*Add a checkbox called &amp;quot;Allow students to create supplementary review questionnaire&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;input name=&amp;quot;assignment_form[assignment][srq]&amp;quot; type=&amp;quot;hidden&amp;quot; value=&amp;quot;false&amp;quot;/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;%= check_box_tag('assignment_form[assignment][srq]', 'true', @assignment_form.assignment.srq) %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;%= label_tag('assignment_form[assignment][srq]', 'Allow students to add Supplementary Review Questionnaire?') %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. '''app/views/submitted_content/_main.html.erb''' &lt;br /&gt;
*Created a link &amp;quot; Create Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; to appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section if the instructor has enabled student generated Questions for this assignment.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;% if stage != &amp;quot;Finished&amp;quot; and controller.controller_name == 'submitted_content' and @can_submit %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &amp;lt;h2&amp;gt;Add Supplementary Review Questions:&amp;lt;/h2&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;% if @assignment.srq? %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;%= link_to &amp;quot;Create Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot;, {:controller =&amp;gt; &amp;quot;questionnaires&amp;quot;, :action =&amp;gt; &amp;quot;create_srq&amp;quot;, :id =&amp;gt; participant.id } %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;% else %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      The instructor has not enabled this feature for this assignment&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;% end %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;% end %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. '''app/controllers/questionnaires_controller''' &lt;br /&gt;
* Added a method to create Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
def create_srq&lt;br /&gt;
    @participant = AssignmentParticipant.find(params[:id])&lt;br /&gt;
    @team = Team.find(@participant.team.id)&lt;br /&gt;
    if @team.srq_id.nil? then&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire = Questionnaire.new&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire.private = false&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire.name = &amp;quot;SRQ_&amp;quot; + @team.id.to_s&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire.instructor_id = @team.id&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire.min_question_score = 0&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire.max_question_score = 5&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire.type = &amp;quot;SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire.display_type = &amp;quot;SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire.instruction_loc = Questionnaire::DEFAULT_QUESTIONNAIRE_URL&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire.save&lt;br /&gt;
      @team.srq_id = @questionnaire.id&lt;br /&gt;
      @team.save&lt;br /&gt;
      flash[:success] = 'You have successfully created a questionnaire!'&lt;br /&gt;
    else&lt;br /&gt;
      @questionnaire = Questionnaire.find(@team.srq_id)&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    redirect_to controller: 'questionnaires', action: 'edit', id: @questionnaire.id&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. '''app/models/questionnaire.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Added &amp;quot;SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire&amp;quot; to QUESTIONNAIRE_TYPES.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. '''app/models/response.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Added supplementary review responses to be visible in the &amp;quot;Show Review&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
def construct_review_response code, self_id&lt;br /&gt;
    code += '&amp;lt;table id=&amp;quot;review_' + self_id + '&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;display: none;&amp;quot; class=&amp;quot;table table-bordered&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'&lt;br /&gt;
    answers = Answer.where(response_id: self.response_id)&lt;br /&gt;
    unless answers.empty?&lt;br /&gt;
      questionnaire = self.questionnaire_by_answer(answers.first)&lt;br /&gt;
      # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
      sr_questionnaire = self.questionnaire_by_answer(answers.last)&lt;br /&gt;
      questionnaire_max = questionnaire.max_question_score&lt;br /&gt;
      questions = questionnaire.questions.sort_by(&amp;amp;:seq)&lt;br /&gt;
      # added for srq&lt;br /&gt;
      sr_questions = sr_questionnaire.questions.sort_by(&amp;amp;:seq)&lt;br /&gt;
      unless sr_questionnaire.nil?&lt;br /&gt;
        questions += sr_questions&lt;br /&gt;
      end&lt;br /&gt;
      # get the tag settings this questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
      tag_prompt_deployments = TagPromptDeployment.where(questionnaire_id: questionnaire.id, assignment_id: self.map.assignment.id)&lt;br /&gt;
      code = add_table_rows questionnaire_max, questions, answers, code&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
    comment = if !self.additional_comment.nil?&lt;br /&gt;
                self.additional_comment.gsub('^p', '').gsub(/\n/, '&amp;lt;BR/&amp;gt;')&lt;br /&gt;
              else&lt;br /&gt;
                ''&lt;br /&gt;
              end&lt;br /&gt;
    code += '&amp;lt;tr&amp;gt;&amp;lt;td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Additional Comment: &amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;' + comment + '&amp;lt;/td&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/tr&amp;gt;'&lt;br /&gt;
    code += '&amp;lt;/table&amp;gt;'&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. '''app/models/team.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Added a method to obtain srq_id of a team.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
def self.get_srq_id_of_team(team_id)&lt;br /&gt;
    t = Team.find(team_id)&lt;br /&gt;
    if t.blank?&lt;br /&gt;
      nil&lt;br /&gt;
    else&lt;br /&gt;
      t.srq_id&lt;br /&gt;
    end&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. '''app/views/response/response.html.erb'''&lt;br /&gt;
* Added the following code section to append supplementary review to existing review.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;% unless @sr_questions.nil? %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;% @sr_questions.each do |question| %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;% answer = Answer.where(question_id: question.id, response_id: @response.id).first if !@response.nil? %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;% if question.instance_of? Criterion %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
          &amp;lt;%= question.complete(i, answer, @questionnaire.min_question_score, @questionnaire.max_question_score, @dropdown_or_scale) %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
          &amp;lt;%= tinymce %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;% elsif question.instance_of? Scale %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
          &amp;lt;%= question.complete(i, answer, @questionnaire.min_question_score, @questionnaire.max_question_score) %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
          &amp;lt;%= tinymce %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;% elsif question.instance_of? UploadFile %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
          &amp;lt;!--One form had better not in another form--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
          &amp;lt;!--Zhewei: I move the Uploadfile question to the end of questionnaire. So multiple forms will not been overlapped.--&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;% else %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
          &amp;lt;%= question.complete(i, answer) %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;% end %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
        &amp;lt;% i += 1 %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
      &amp;lt;% end %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
    &amp;lt;% end %&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. '''db/migrate/20180428233726_add_srq_to_assignments.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
*. Added a migration to add a column &amp;quot;srq&amp;quot; to the &amp;quot;assignments&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
class AddSrqToAssignments &amp;lt; ActiveRecord::Migration&lt;br /&gt;
  def change&lt;br /&gt;
    add_column :assignments, :srq, :boolean&lt;br /&gt;
  end&lt;br /&gt;
end&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/pre&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Team members ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Shrinath Cheriyana&lt;br /&gt;
*Sanika Sabnis&lt;br /&gt;
*Pratik Keny&lt;br /&gt;
*Praneet Mocherla&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Links ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza on Github:https://github.com/Pratik2611/expertiza/tree/shrinathedit &lt;br /&gt;
*Pull Request: https://github.com/expertiza/expertiza/pull/1178&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza YouTube channel: https://youtu.be/p2zz_WN8lLs&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116613</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116613"/>
		<updated>2018-04-14T02:15:11Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Test Plan */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowcharts below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student can create a supplementary review questionnaire. A student can click on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab and see a link to the add/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), the entry in the SRQ column added to the Teams table will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When responses of questionnaire need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the responses of the reviewer is recorded, the student can click on &amp;quot;View Scores&amp;quot; tab for a particular assignment which contains the responses of the reviewer. This view should contain the responses for both the default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is not empty the responses of the supplementary review questions is appended to the responses of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''': The responses of the Supplementary Review Questions will not be added to the review scores of the project. It will just be shown to the team that has asked these questions so that they can see what suggestions does the reviewer has for the questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following changes need to be made to the User Interface. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a student to add supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section.  This link will redirect the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Finaledit1r.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A link called &amp;quot;Supplemantary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section when the Instructor has allowed students to create supplementary review questions. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if the Supplementary Review rubric has been added. Thus, now the reviewer will be able to see the Supplementary Review questions along with the existing review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) so that the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions are also shown to student. &lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''':The student-generated questions (Supplementary Review Questions) will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire, the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has a correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. To check if the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions have been added to the responses of the existing review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''': More tests may be added as we proceed through the design. The above given list is temporary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. '''app/views/assignments/edit/_general.html.erb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add a checkbox called &amp;quot;Allow students to create supplementary review questionnaire&amp;quot; .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. '''app/views/submitted_content/_main.html.erb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Allow a link &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; to appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added. The above given list is temporary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza on Github: https://github.com/expertiza/expertiza&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza Documentation: http://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php/Expertiza_documentation&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza YouTube channel: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCdKXzox7hrWjfOMML6FzTWg/videos&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116608</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116608"/>
		<updated>2018-04-14T02:02:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* File that will be added/modified */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowcharts below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student can create a supplementary review questionnaire. A student can click on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab and see a link to the add/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), the entry in the SRQ column added to the Teams table will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When responses of questionnaire need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the responses of the reviewer is recorded, the student can click on &amp;quot;View Scores&amp;quot; tab for a particular assignment which contains the responses of the reviewer. This view should contain the responses for both the default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is not empty the responses of the supplementary review questions is appended to the responses of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''': The responses of the Supplementary Review Questions will not be added to the review scores of the project. It will just be shown to the team that has asked these questions so that they can see what suggestions does the reviewer has for the questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following changes need to be made to the User Interface. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a student to add supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section.  This link will redirect the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Finaledit1r.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A link called &amp;quot;Supplemantary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section when the Instructor has allowed students to create supplementary review questions. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if the Supplementary Review rubric has been added. Thus, now the reviewer will be able to see the Supplementary Review questions along with the existing review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) so that the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions are also shown to student. &lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''':The student-generated questions (Supplementary Review Questions) will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire, the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has a correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. To check if the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions have been added to the responses of the existing review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. '''app/views/assignments/edit/_general.html.erb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add a checkbox called &amp;quot;Allow students to create supplementary review questionnaire&amp;quot; .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. '''app/views/submitted_content/_main.html.erb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Allow a link &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; to appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added. The above given list is temporary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza on Github: https://github.com/expertiza/expertiza&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza Documentation: http://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php/Expertiza_documentation&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza YouTube channel: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCdKXzox7hrWjfOMML6FzTWg/videos&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116607</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116607"/>
		<updated>2018-04-14T02:01:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* File that will be added/modified */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowcharts below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student can create a supplementary review questionnaire. A student can click on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab and see a link to the add/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), the entry in the SRQ column added to the Teams table will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When responses of questionnaire need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the responses of the reviewer is recorded, the student can click on &amp;quot;View Scores&amp;quot; tab for a particular assignment which contains the responses of the reviewer. This view should contain the responses for both the default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is not empty the responses of the supplementary review questions is appended to the responses of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''': The responses of the Supplementary Review Questions will not be added to the review scores of the project. It will just be shown to the team that has asked these questions so that they can see what suggestions does the reviewer has for the questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following changes need to be made to the User Interface. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a student to add supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section.  This link will redirect the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Finaledit1r.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A link called &amp;quot;Supplemantary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section when the Instructor has allowed students to create supplementary review questions. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if the Supplementary Review rubric has been added. Thus, now the reviewer will be able to see the Supplementary Review questions along with the existing review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) so that the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions are also shown to student. &lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''':The student-generated questions (Supplementary Review Questions) will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire, the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has a correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. To check if the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions have been added to the responses of the existing review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. '''app/views/assignments/edit/_general.html.erb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add a checkbox called &amp;quot;Allow students to create supplementary review questionnaire&amp;quot; .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. '''app/views/submitted_content/_main.html.erb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Allow a link &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; to appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added. The above given list is temporary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza on Github: https://github.com/expertiza/expertiza&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza Documentation: http://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php/Expertiza_documentation&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza YouTube channel: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCdKXzox7hrWjfOMML6FzTWg/videos&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116606</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116606"/>
		<updated>2018-04-14T01:58:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Test Plan */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowcharts below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student can create a supplementary review questionnaire. A student can click on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab and see a link to the add/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), the entry in the SRQ column added to the Teams table will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When responses of questionnaire need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the responses of the reviewer is recorded, the student can click on &amp;quot;View Scores&amp;quot; tab for a particular assignment which contains the responses of the reviewer. This view should contain the responses for both the default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is not empty the responses of the supplementary review questions is appended to the responses of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''': The responses of the Supplementary Review Questions will not be added to the review scores of the project. It will just be shown to the team that has asked these questions so that they can see what suggestions does the reviewer has for the questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following changes need to be made to the User Interface. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a student to add supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section.  This link will redirect the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Finaledit1r.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A link called &amp;quot;Supplemantary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section when the Instructor has allowed students to create supplementary review questions. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if the Supplementary Review rubric has been added. Thus, now the reviewer will be able to see the Supplementary Review questions along with the existing review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) so that the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions are also shown to student. &lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''':The student-generated questions (Supplementary Review Questions) will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire, the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has a correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. To check if the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions have been added to the responses of the existing review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. '''app/views/assignments/edit/_general.html.erb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add a checkbox called &amp;quot;Allow students to create supplementary review questionnaire&amp;quot; .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. '''app/views/submitted_content/edit.html.erb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Allow a link &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; to appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added. The above given list is temporary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza on Github: https://github.com/expertiza/expertiza&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza Documentation: http://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php/Expertiza_documentation&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza YouTube channel: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCdKXzox7hrWjfOMML6FzTWg/videos&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116604</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116604"/>
		<updated>2018-04-14T01:56:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Changes in the User Interface */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowcharts below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student can create a supplementary review questionnaire. A student can click on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab and see a link to the add/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), the entry in the SRQ column added to the Teams table will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When responses of questionnaire need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the responses of the reviewer is recorded, the student can click on &amp;quot;View Scores&amp;quot; tab for a particular assignment which contains the responses of the reviewer. This view should contain the responses for both the default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is not empty the responses of the supplementary review questions is appended to the responses of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''': The responses of the Supplementary Review Questions will not be added to the review scores of the project. It will just be shown to the team that has asked these questions so that they can see what suggestions does the reviewer has for the questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following changes need to be made to the User Interface. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a student to add supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section.  This link will redirect the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Finaledit1r.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A link called &amp;quot;Supplemantary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section when the Instructor has allowed students to create supplementary review questions. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if the Supplementary Review rubric has been added. Thus, now the reviewer will be able to see the Supplementary Review questions along with the existing review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) so that the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions are also shown to student. &lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''':The student-generated questions (Supplementary Review Questions) will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. To check if the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions have been added to the responses of the existing review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. '''app/views/assignments/edit/_general.html.erb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add a checkbox called &amp;quot;Allow students to create supplementary review questionnaire&amp;quot; .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. '''app/views/submitted_content/edit.html.erb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Allow a link &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; to appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added. The above given list is temporary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza on Github: https://github.com/expertiza/expertiza&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza Documentation: http://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php/Expertiza_documentation&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza YouTube channel: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCdKXzox7hrWjfOMML6FzTWg/videos&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116600</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116600"/>
		<updated>2018-04-14T01:52:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Changes in the User Interface */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowcharts below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student can create a supplementary review questionnaire. A student can click on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab and see a link to the add/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), the entry in the SRQ column added to the Teams table will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When responses of questionnaire need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the responses of the reviewer is recorded, the student can click on &amp;quot;View Scores&amp;quot; tab for a particular assignment which contains the responses of the reviewer. This view should contain the responses for both the default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is not empty the responses of the supplementary review questions is appended to the responses of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''': The responses of the Supplementary Review Questions will not be added to the review scores of the project. It will just be shown to the team that has asked these questions so that they can see what suggestions does the reviewer has for the questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following changes need to be made to the User Interface. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a student to add supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section.  This link will redirect the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Finaledit1r.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A link called &amp;quot;Supplemantary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section when the Instructor has allowed students to create supplementary review questions. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if the Supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) so that the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions are also shown to student. &lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''':The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. To check if the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions have been added to the responses of the existing review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. '''app/views/assignments/edit/_general.html.erb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add a checkbox called &amp;quot;Allow students to create supplementary review questionnaire&amp;quot; .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. '''app/views/submitted_content/edit.html.erb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Allow a link &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; to appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added. The above given list is temporary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza on Github: https://github.com/expertiza/expertiza&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza Documentation: http://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php/Expertiza_documentation&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza YouTube channel: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCdKXzox7hrWjfOMML6FzTWg/videos&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116597</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116597"/>
		<updated>2018-04-14T01:50:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Design Strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowcharts below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student can create a supplementary review questionnaire. A student can click on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab and see a link to the add/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), the entry in the SRQ column added to the Teams table will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When responses of questionnaire need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the responses of the reviewer is recorded, the student can click on &amp;quot;View Scores&amp;quot; tab for a particular assignment which contains the responses of the reviewer. This view should contain the responses for both the default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is not empty the responses of the supplementary review questions is appended to the responses of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''': The responses of the Supplementary Review Questions will not be added to the review scores of the project. It will just be shown to the team that has asked these questions so that they can see what suggestions does the reviewer has for the questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a student to add supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section.  This link will redirect the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Finaledit1r.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A link called &amp;quot;Supplemantary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section when the Instructor has allowed students to create supplementary review questions. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if the Supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) so that the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions are also shown to student. &lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''':The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. To check if the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions have been added to the responses of the existing review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. '''app/views/assignments/edit/_general.html.erb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add a checkbox called &amp;quot;Allow students to create supplementary review questionnaire&amp;quot; .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. '''app/views/submitted_content/edit.html.erb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Allow a link &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; to appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added. The above given list is temporary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza on Github: https://github.com/expertiza/expertiza&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza Documentation: http://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php/Expertiza_documentation&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza YouTube channel: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCdKXzox7hrWjfOMML6FzTWg/videos&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116595</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116595"/>
		<updated>2018-04-14T01:46:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Design Strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowcharts below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student can create a supplementary review questionnaire. A student can click on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab and see a link to the add/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), the entry in the SRQ column added to the Teams table will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When responses of questionnaire need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the responses of the reviewer is recorded, the student can click on &amp;quot;View Scores&amp;quot; tab for a particular assignment which contains the responses of the reviewer. This view should contain the responses for both the default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the responses of the supplementary review questions is appended to the responses of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''': The responses of the Supplementary Review Questions will not be added to the review scores of the project. It will just be shown to the team that has asked these questions so that they can see what suggestions does the reviewer has for the questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a student to add supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section.  This link will redirect the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Finaledit1r.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A link called &amp;quot;Supplemantary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section when the Instructor has allowed students to create supplementary review questions. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if the Supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) so that the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions are also shown to student. &lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''':The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. To check if the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions have been added to the responses of the existing review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. '''app/views/assignments/edit/_general.html.erb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add a checkbox called &amp;quot;Allow students to create supplementary review questionnaire&amp;quot; .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. '''app/views/submitted_content/edit.html.erb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Allow a link &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; to appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added. The above given list is temporary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza on Github: https://github.com/expertiza/expertiza&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza Documentation: http://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php/Expertiza_documentation&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza YouTube channel: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCdKXzox7hrWjfOMML6FzTWg/videos&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116594</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116594"/>
		<updated>2018-04-14T01:46:19Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Proposed Solution */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student can create a supplementary review questionnaire. A student can click on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab and see a link to the add/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), the entry in the SRQ column added to the Teams table will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When responses of questionnaire need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the responses of the reviewer is recorded, the student can click on &amp;quot;View Scores&amp;quot; tab for a particular assignment which contains the responses of the reviewer. This view should contain the responses for both the default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the responses of the supplementary review questions is appended to the responses of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''': The responses of the Supplementary Review Questions will not be added to the review scores of the project. It will just be shown to the team that has asked these questions so that they can see what suggestions does the reviewer has for the questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a student to add supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section.  This link will redirect the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Finaledit1r.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A link called &amp;quot;Supplemantary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section when the Instructor has allowed students to create supplementary review questions. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if the Supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) so that the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions are also shown to student. &lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''':The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. To check if the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions have been added to the responses of the existing review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. '''app/views/assignments/edit/_general.html.erb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add a checkbox called &amp;quot;Allow students to create supplementary review questionnaire&amp;quot; .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. '''app/views/submitted_content/edit.html.erb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Allow a link &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; to appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added. The above given list is temporary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza on Github: https://github.com/expertiza/expertiza&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza Documentation: http://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php/Expertiza_documentation&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza YouTube channel: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCdKXzox7hrWjfOMML6FzTWg/videos&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116557</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116557"/>
		<updated>2018-04-14T00:17:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* File that will be added/modified */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student can create a supplementary review questionnaire. A student can click on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab and see a link to the add/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), the entry in the SRQ column added to the Teams table will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When responses of questionnaire need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the responses of the reviewer is recorded, the student can click on &amp;quot;View Scores&amp;quot; tab for a particular assignment which contains the responses of the reviewer. This view should contain the responses for both the default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the responses of the supplementary review questions is appended to the responses of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''': The responses of the Supplementary Review Questions will not be added to the review scores of the project. It will just be shown to the team that has asked these questions so that they can see what suggestions does the reviewer has for the questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a student to add supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section.  This link will redirect the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Finaledit1r.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A link called &amp;quot;Supplemantary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section when the Instructor has allowed students to create supplementary review questions. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if the Supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) so that the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions are also shown to student. &lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''':The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. To check if the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions have been added to the responses of the existing review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. '''app/views/assignments/edit/_general.html.erb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add a checkbox called &amp;quot;Allow students to create supplementary review questionnaire&amp;quot; .&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. '''app/views/submitted_content/edit.html.erb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Allow a link &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; to appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added. The above given list is temporary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza on Github: https://github.com/expertiza/expertiza&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza Documentation: http://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php/Expertiza_documentation&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza YouTube channel: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCdKXzox7hrWjfOMML6FzTWg/videos&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=File:Finaledit1r.png&amp;diff=116552</id>
		<title>File:Finaledit1r.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=File:Finaledit1r.png&amp;diff=116552"/>
		<updated>2018-04-14T00:00:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: uploaded a new version of &amp;amp;quot;File:Finaledit1r.png&amp;amp;quot;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=File:Finaledit1r.png&amp;diff=116551</id>
		<title>File:Finaledit1r.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=File:Finaledit1r.png&amp;diff=116551"/>
		<updated>2018-04-13T23:59:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116550</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116550"/>
		<updated>2018-04-13T23:59:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Changes in the User Interface */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student can create a supplementary review questionnaire. A student can click on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab and see a link to the add/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), the entry in the SRQ column added to the Teams table will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When responses of questionnaire need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the responses of the reviewer is recorded, the student can click on &amp;quot;View Scores&amp;quot; tab for a particular assignment which contains the responses of the reviewer. This view should contain the responses for both the default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the responses of the supplementary review questions is appended to the responses of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''': The responses of the Supplementary Review Questions will not be added to the review scores of the project. It will just be shown to the team that has asked these questions so that they can see what suggestions does the reviewer has for the questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a student to add supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section.  This link will redirect the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Finaledit1r.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A link called &amp;quot;Supplemantary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section when the Instructor has allowed students to create supplementary review questions. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if the Supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) so that the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions are also shown to student. &lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''':The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. To check if the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions have been added to the responses of the existing review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added. The above given list is temporary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza on Github: https://github.com/expertiza/expertiza&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza Documentation: http://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php/Expertiza_documentation&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza YouTube channel: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCdKXzox7hrWjfOMML6FzTWg/videos&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=File:Finaledit.png&amp;diff=116549</id>
		<title>File:Finaledit.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=File:Finaledit.png&amp;diff=116549"/>
		<updated>2018-04-13T23:54:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116548</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116548"/>
		<updated>2018-04-13T23:53:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Changes in the User Interface */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student can create a supplementary review questionnaire. A student can click on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab and see a link to the add/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), the entry in the SRQ column added to the Teams table will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When responses of questionnaire need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the responses of the reviewer is recorded, the student can click on &amp;quot;View Scores&amp;quot; tab for a particular assignment which contains the responses of the reviewer. This view should contain the responses for both the default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the responses of the supplementary review questions is appended to the responses of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''': The responses of the Supplementary Review Questions will not be added to the review scores of the project. It will just be shown to the team that has asked these questions so that they can see what suggestions does the reviewer has for the questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a student to add supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section.  This link will redirect the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:Finaledit.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A link called &amp;quot;Supplemantary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section when the Instructor has allowed students to create supplementary review questions. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if the Supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) so that the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions are also shown to student. &lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''':The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. To check if the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions have been added to the responses of the existing review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added. The above given list is temporary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza on Github: https://github.com/expertiza/expertiza&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza Documentation: http://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php/Expertiza_documentation&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza YouTube channel: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCdKXzox7hrWjfOMML6FzTWg/videos&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116546</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116546"/>
		<updated>2018-04-13T23:48:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Test Plan */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student can create a supplementary review questionnaire. A student can click on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab and see a link to the add/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), the entry in the SRQ column added to the Teams table will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When responses of questionnaire need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the responses of the reviewer is recorded, the student can click on &amp;quot;View Scores&amp;quot; tab for a particular assignment which contains the responses of the reviewer. This view should contain the responses for both the default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the responses of the supplementary review questions is appended to the responses of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''': The responses of the Supplementary Review Questions will not be added to the review scores of the project. It will just be shown to the team that has asked these questions so that they can see what suggestions does the reviewer has for the questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a student to add supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section.  This link will redirect the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A link called &amp;quot;Supplemantary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section when the Instructor has allowed students to create supplementary review questions. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if the Supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) so that the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions are also shown to student. &lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''':The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. To check if the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions have been added to the responses of the existing review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added. The above given list is temporary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza on Github: https://github.com/expertiza/expertiza&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza Documentation: http://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php/Expertiza_documentation&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza YouTube channel: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCdKXzox7hrWjfOMML6FzTWg/videos&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116545</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116545"/>
		<updated>2018-04-13T23:46:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Changes in the User Interface */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student can create a supplementary review questionnaire. A student can click on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab and see a link to the add/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), the entry in the SRQ column added to the Teams table will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When responses of questionnaire need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the responses of the reviewer is recorded, the student can click on &amp;quot;View Scores&amp;quot; tab for a particular assignment which contains the responses of the reviewer. This view should contain the responses for both the default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the responses of the supplementary review questions is appended to the responses of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''': The responses of the Supplementary Review Questions will not be added to the review scores of the project. It will just be shown to the team that has asked these questions so that they can see what suggestions does the reviewer has for the questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a student to add supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section.  This link will redirect the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A link called &amp;quot;Supplemantary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; will appear in the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section when the Instructor has allowed students to create supplementary review questions. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if the Supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) so that the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions are also shown to student. &lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''':The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added. The above given list is temporary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza on Github: https://github.com/expertiza/expertiza&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza Documentation: http://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php/Expertiza_documentation&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza YouTube channel: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCdKXzox7hrWjfOMML6FzTWg/videos&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116529</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116529"/>
		<updated>2018-04-13T23:18:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Design Strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student can create a supplementary review questionnaire. A student can click on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab and see a link to the add/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), the entry in the SRQ column added to the Teams table will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When responses of questionnaire need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the responses of the reviewer is recorded, the student can click on &amp;quot;View Scores&amp;quot; tab for a particular assignment which contains the responses of the reviewer. This view should contain the responses for both the default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the responses of the supplementary review questions is appended to the responses of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''': The responses of the Supplementary Review Questions will not be added to the review scores of the project. It will just be shown to the team that has asked these questions so that they can see what suggestions does the reviewer has for the questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link on the page will appear.  This button will take the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A link called &amp;quot;Supplemantary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; needs to be added to the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section . So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if the Supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) so that the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions are also shown to student. &lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''':The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added. The above given list is temporary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza on Github: https://github.com/expertiza/expertiza&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza Documentation: http://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php/Expertiza_documentation&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza YouTube channel: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCdKXzox7hrWjfOMML6FzTWg/videos&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116527</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116527"/>
		<updated>2018-04-13T23:16:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Design Strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student can create a supplementary review questionnaire. A student can click on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab and see a link to the add/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), the entry in the SRQ column added to the Teams table will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When responses of questionnaire need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the responses of the reviewer is recorded, the student can click on &amp;quot;View Scores&amp;quot; tab for a particular assignment which contains the responses of the reviewer. This view should contain the responses for both the default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the responses of the supplementary review questions is appended to the responses of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''': The responses of the Supplementary Review Questions will not be added to the review scores of the project. It will be just be shown so that the team that has asked these questions can see what suggestions does the reviewer has for the questions. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link on the page will appear.  This button will take the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A link called &amp;quot;Supplemantary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; needs to be added to the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section . So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if the Supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) so that the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions are also shown to student. &lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''':The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added. The above given list is temporary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza on Github: https://github.com/expertiza/expertiza&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza Documentation: http://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php/Expertiza_documentation&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza YouTube channel: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCdKXzox7hrWjfOMML6FzTWg/videos&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116526</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116526"/>
		<updated>2018-04-13T23:15:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Implementation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student can create a supplementary review questionnaire. A student can click on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab and see a link to the add/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), the entry in the SRQ column added to the Teams table will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When responses of questionnaire need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the responses of the reviewer is recorded, the student can click on &amp;quot;View Scores&amp;quot; tab for a particular assignment which contains the responses of the reviewer. This view should contain the responses for both the default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the responses of the supplementary review questions is appended to the responses of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''': The responses of the Supplementary Review Questions will not be added to the review scores of the project. It will be just be shown so that the team that has asked these questions can see what suggestions does the reviewer has for the questions. &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link on the page will appear.  This button will take the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A link called &amp;quot;Supplemantary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; needs to be added to the student's &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section . So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if the Supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) so that the responses of the Supplementary Review Questions are also shown to student. &lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''':The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added. The above given list is temporary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza on Github: https://github.com/expertiza/expertiza&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza Documentation: http://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php/Expertiza_documentation&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza YouTube channel: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCdKXzox7hrWjfOMML6FzTWg/videos&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116522</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116522"/>
		<updated>2018-04-13T23:01:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* References */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student can create a supplementary review questionnaire. A student can click on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab and see a link to the add/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), a SRQ column needs to be added to the Teams Table which will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When responses of questionnaire need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the responses of the reviewer is recorded, the student can click on &amp;quot;View Scores&amp;quot; tab for a particular assignment which contains the responses of the reviewer. This view should contain the responses for both the default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the responses of the supplementary review questions is appended to the responses of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link on the page will appear.  This button will take the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A link called &amp;quot;Supplemantary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; needs to be added to the submission of the work. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) to report the scores that the students gave on these questions. The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added. The above given list is temporary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza on Github: https://github.com/expertiza/expertiza&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza Documentation: http://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php/Expertiza_documentation&lt;br /&gt;
*Expertiza YouTube channel: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCdKXzox7hrWjfOMML6FzTWg/videos&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=File:4flow.PNG&amp;diff=116489</id>
		<title>File:4flow.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=File:4flow.PNG&amp;diff=116489"/>
		<updated>2018-04-13T01:07:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=File:3flow.PNG&amp;diff=116488</id>
		<title>File:3flow.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=File:3flow.PNG&amp;diff=116488"/>
		<updated>2018-04-13T01:06:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=File:2flow.PNG&amp;diff=116487</id>
		<title>File:2flow.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=File:2flow.PNG&amp;diff=116487"/>
		<updated>2018-04-13T01:06:16Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116486</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116486"/>
		<updated>2018-04-13T01:06:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Design Strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student can create a supplementary review questionnaire. A student can click on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab and see a link to the add/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), a SRQ column needs to be added to the Teams Table which will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When responses of questionnaire need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the responses of the reviewer is recorded, the student can click on &amp;quot;View Scores&amp;quot; tab for a particular assignment which contains the responses of the reviewer. This view should contain the responses for both the default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the responses of the supplementary review questions is appended to the responses of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4flow.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link on the page will appear.  This button will take the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A link called &amp;quot;Supplemantary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; needs to be added to the submission of the work. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) to report the scores that the students gave on these questions. The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added. The above given list is temporary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[https://github.com/Pratik2611/expertiza.git\ Github Repository]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=File:1flow.PNG&amp;diff=116485</id>
		<title>File:1flow.PNG</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=File:1flow.PNG&amp;diff=116485"/>
		<updated>2018-04-13T01:04:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116484</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116484"/>
		<updated>2018-04-13T01:04:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Design Strategy */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student can create a supplementary review questionnaire. A student can click on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab and see a link to the add/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), a SRQ column needs to be added to the Teams Table which will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:1.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:2.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:3.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When responses of questionnaire need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the responses of the reviewer is recorded, the student can click on &amp;quot;View Scores&amp;quot; tab for a particular assignment which contains the responses of the reviewer. This view should contain the responses for both the default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the responses of the supplementary review questions is appended to the responses of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:4.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link on the page will appear.  This button will take the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A link called &amp;quot;Supplemantary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; needs to be added to the submission of the work. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) to report the scores that the students gave on these questions. The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added. The above given list is temporary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== References ==&lt;br /&gt;
[https://github.com/Pratik2611/expertiza.git\ Github Repository]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116440</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116440"/>
		<updated>2018-04-09T03:02:51Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* File that will be added/modified */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student when clicks on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab sees a link to the add/edit Supplemntary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), a SRQ column needs to be added to the Teams Table which will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow1edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow2edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When scores need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the response of the reviewer is recorded, the student can view the scores for a particular assignment which contains the response of the review questions. This view should contain both the scores of default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the scores of the supplementary review questions is appended to the scores of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow3edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link on the page will appear.  This button will take the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A link called &amp;quot;Supplemantary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; needs to be added to the submission of the work. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) to report the scores that the students gave on these questions. The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added. The above given list is temporary.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116436</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116436"/>
		<updated>2018-04-09T02:59:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Implementation */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student when clicks on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab sees a link to the add/edit Supplemntary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), a SRQ column needs to be added to the Teams Table which will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow1edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow2edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When scores need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the response of the reviewer is recorded, the student can view the scores for a particular assignment which contains the response of the review questions. This view should contain both the scores of default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the scores of the supplementary review questions is appended to the scores of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow3edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link on the page will appear.  This button will take the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*A link called &amp;quot;Supplemantary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; needs to be added to the submission of the work. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) to report the scores that the students gave on these questions. The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added the above given list is temporary.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116434</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116434"/>
		<updated>2018-04-09T02:58:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student when clicks on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab sees a link to the add/edit Supplemntary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), a SRQ column needs to be added to the Teams Table which will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow1edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow2edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When scores need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the response of the reviewer is recorded, the student can view the scores for a particular assignment which contains the response of the review questions. This view should contain both the scores of default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the scores of the supplementary review questions is appended to the scores of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow3edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link on the page will appear.  This button will take the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
*A link called &amp;quot;Supplemantary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; needs to be added to the submission of the work. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) to report the scores that the students gave on these questions. The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added the above given list is temporary.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116432</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116432"/>
		<updated>2018-04-09T02:57:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Changes in the User Interface */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===About Expertiza===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza, which is supported by National Science Foundation, is a web application through which students can submit and peer-review learning objects (articles, code, web sites, etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student when clicks on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab sees a link to the add/edit Supplemntary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), a SRQ column needs to be added to the Teams Table which will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow1edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow2edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When scores need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the response of the reviewer is recorded, the student can view the scores for a particular assignment which contains the response of the review questions. This view should contain both the scores of default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the scores of the supplementary review questions is appended to the scores of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow3edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link on the page will appear.  This button will take the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
*A link called &amp;quot;Supplemantary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; needs to be added to the submission of the work. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) to report the scores that the students gave on these questions. The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added the above given list is temporary.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116431</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116431"/>
		<updated>2018-04-09T02:52:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===About Expertiza===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza, which is supported by National Science Foundation, is a web application through which students can submit and peer-review learning objects (articles, code, web sites, etc).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student when clicks on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab sees a link to the add/edit Supplemntary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), a SRQ column needs to be added to the Teams Table which will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow1edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow2edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When scores need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the response of the reviewer is recorded, the student can view the scores for a particular assignment which contains the response of the review questions. This view should contain both the scores of default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the scores of the supplementary review questions is appended to the scores of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow3edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link on the page will appear.  This button will take the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
*A link needs to be added to the submission of the work. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) to report the scores that the students gave on these questions. The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added the above given list is temporary.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116430</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116430"/>
		<updated>2018-04-09T02:47:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Changes in the UserInterface */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student when clicks on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab sees a link to the add/edit Supplemntary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), a SRQ column needs to be added to the Teams Table which will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow1edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow2edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When scores need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the response of the reviewer is recorded, the student can view the scores for a particular assignment which contains the response of the review questions. This view should contain both the scores of default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the scores of the supplementary review questions is appended to the scores of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow3edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the User Interface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link on the page will appear.  This button will take the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
*A link needs to be added to the submission of the work. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) to report the scores that the students gave on these questions. The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added the above given list is temporary.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116429</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116429"/>
		<updated>2018-04-09T02:46:37Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Proposed Solution === &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student when clicks on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab sees a link to the add/edit Supplemntary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), a SRQ column needs to be added to the Teams Table which will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow1edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow2edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When scores need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the response of the reviewer is recorded, the student can view the scores for a particular assignment which contains the response of the review questions. This view should contain both the scores of default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the scores of the supplementary review questions is appended to the scores of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow3edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the UserInterface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link on the page will appear.  This button will take the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
*A link needs to be added to the submission of the work. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) to report the scores that the students gave on these questions. The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added the above given list is temporary.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116428</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116428"/>
		<updated>2018-04-09T02:46:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Proposed Solution */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student when clicks on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab sees a link to the add/edit Supplemntary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), a SRQ column needs to be added to the Teams Table which will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow1edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow2edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When scores need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the response of the reviewer is recorded, the student can view the scores for a particular assignment which contains the response of the review questions. This view should contain both the scores of default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the scores of the supplementary review questions is appended to the scores of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow3edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the UserInterface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link on the page will appear.  This button will take the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
*A link needs to be added to the submission of the work. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) to report the scores that the students gave on these questions. The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added the above given list is temporary.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116427</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116427"/>
		<updated>2018-04-09T02:46:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Overview of Project */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Proposed Solution == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student when clicks on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab sees a link to the add/edit Supplemntary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), a SRQ column needs to be added to the Teams Table which will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow1edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow2edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When scores need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the response of the reviewer is recorded, the student can view the scores for a particular assignment which contains the response of the review questions. This view should contain both the scores of default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the scores of the supplementary review questions is appended to the scores of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow3edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the UserInterface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link on the page will appear.  This button will take the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
*A link needs to be added to the submission of the work. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) to report the scores that the students gave on these questions. The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added the above given list is temporary.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116426</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116426"/>
		<updated>2018-04-09T02:45:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Overview of Project ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Proposed Solution == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student when clicks on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab sees a link to the add/edit Supplemntary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), a SRQ column needs to be added to the Teams Table which will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow1edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow2edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When scores need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the response of the reviewer is recorded, the student can view the scores for a particular assignment which contains the response of the review questions. This view should contain both the scores of default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the scores of the supplementary review questions is appended to the scores of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow3edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the UserInterface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link on the page will appear.  This button will take the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
*A link needs to be added to the submission of the work. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) to report the scores that the students gave on these questions. The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added the above given list is temporary.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116425</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116425"/>
		<updated>2018-04-09T02:45:38Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Overview of Project */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview of Project ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Proposed Solution == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student when clicks on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab sees a link to the add/edit Supplemntary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), a SRQ column needs to be added to the Teams Table which will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow1edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow2edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When scores need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the response of the reviewer is recorded, the student can view the scores for a particular assignment which contains the response of the review questions. This view should contain both the scores of default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the scores of the supplementary review questions is appended to the scores of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow3edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the UserInterface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link on the page will appear.  This button will take the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
*A link needs to be added to the submission of the work. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) to report the scores that the students gave on these questions. The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added the above given list is temporary.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116424</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116424"/>
		<updated>2018-04-09T02:45:26Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Proposed Solution */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview of Project ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student when clicks on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab sees a link to the add/edit Supplemntary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), a SRQ column needs to be added to the Teams Table which will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow1edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow2edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When scores need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the response of the reviewer is recorded, the student can view the scores for a particular assignment which contains the response of the review questions. This view should contain both the scores of default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the scores of the supplementary review questions is appended to the scores of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow3edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the UserInterface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link on the page will appear.  This button will take the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
*A link needs to be added to the submission of the work. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) to report the scores that the students gave on these questions. The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. To check if the reviewers can see the supplementary questions that were added by the team as part of the review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added the above given list is temporary.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116415</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116415"/>
		<updated>2018-04-09T01:17:01Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview of Project ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Proposed Solution == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student when clicks on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab sees a link to the add/edit Supplemntary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), a SRQ column needs to be added to the Teams Table which will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow1edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow2edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When scores need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the response of the reviewer is recorded, the student can view the scores for a particular assignment which contains the response of the review questions. This view should contain both the scores of default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the scores of the supplementary review questions is appended to the scores of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow3edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the UserInterface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link on the page will appear.  This button will take the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
*A link needs to be added to the submission of the work. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) to report the scores that the students gave on these questions. The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added the above given list is temporary.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116414</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116414"/>
		<updated>2018-04-09T01:16:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Overview of Project */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Proposed Solution == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student when clicks on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab sees a link to the add/edit Supplemntary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), a SRQ column needs to be added to the Teams Table which will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow1edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow2edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When scores need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the response of the reviewer is recorded, the student can view the scores for a particular assignment which contains the response of the review questions. This view should contain both the scores of default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the scores of the supplementary review questions is appended to the scores of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow3edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the UserInterface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link on the page will appear.  This button will take the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
*A link needs to be added to the submission of the work. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) to report the scores that the students gave on these questions. The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added the above given list is temporary.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116413</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116413"/>
		<updated>2018-04-09T01:16:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview of Project ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Proposed Solution == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student when clicks on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab sees a link to the add/edit Supplemntary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), a SRQ column needs to be added to the Teams Table which will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow1edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow2edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When scores need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the response of the reviewer is recorded, the student can view the scores for a particular assignment which contains the response of the review questions. This view should contain both the scores of default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the scores of the supplementary review questions is appended to the scores of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow3edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the UserInterface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link on the page will appear.  This button will take the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
*A link needs to be added to the submission of the work. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) to report the scores that the students gave on these questions. The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added the above given list is temporary.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116412</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116412"/>
		<updated>2018-04-09T01:15:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Introduction */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=== Introduction ===&lt;br /&gt;
== Overview of Project ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Proposed Solution == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student when clicks on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab sees a link to the add/edit Supplemntary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), a SRQ column needs to be added to the Teams Table which will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow1edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow2edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When scores need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the response of the reviewer is recorded, the student can view the scores for a particular assignment which contains the response of the review questions. This view should contain both the scores of default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the scores of the supplementary review questions is appended to the scores of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow3edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the UserInterface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link on the page will appear.  This button will take the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
*A link needs to be added to the submission of the work. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) to report the scores that the students gave on these questions. The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added the above given list is temporary.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116411</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116411"/>
		<updated>2018-04-09T01:12:20Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* File that will be added/modified */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Proposed Solution == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student when clicks on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab sees a link to the add/edit Supplemntary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), a SRQ column needs to be added to the Teams Table which will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow1edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow2edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When scores need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the response of the reviewer is recorded, the student can view the scores for a particular assignment which contains the response of the review questions. This view should contain both the scores of default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the scores of the supplementary review questions is appended to the scores of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow3edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the UserInterface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link on the page will appear.  This button will take the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
*A link needs to be added to the submission of the work. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) to report the scores that the students gave on these questions. The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. '''app/models/supplementary_review_questionnaire.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. '''db/migrate/Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. '''config/routes.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. '''app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb'''&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. '''spec/models/assignment_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. '''spec/controllers/response_controller_spec.rb''' &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added the above given list is temporary.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116410</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116410"/>
		<updated>2018-04-09T01:07:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* File that will be added/modified */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Proposed Solution == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student when clicks on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab sees a link to the add/edit Supplemntary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), a SRQ column needs to be added to the Teams Table which will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow1edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow2edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When scores need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the response of the reviewer is recorded, the student can view the scores for a particular assignment which contains the response of the review questions. This view should contain both the scores of default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the scores of the supplementary review questions is appended to the scores of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow3edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the UserInterface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link on the page will appear.  This button will take the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
*A link needs to be added to the submission of the work. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) to report the scores that the students gave on these questions. The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. SupplementaryQuestionnaire.rb &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb &lt;br /&gt;
:We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. routes.rb &lt;br /&gt;
:For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. app/controllers/student_review_controller.rb, app/controllers/review_mapping_controller.rb, app/controllers/response_controller.rb&lt;br /&gt;
:Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. assignment_spec.rb &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. response_controller_spec.rb &lt;br /&gt;
:Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added the above given list is temporary.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116407</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116407"/>
		<updated>2018-04-09T00:59:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* Changes in the UserInterface */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Proposed Solution == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student when clicks on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab sees a link to the add/edit Supplemntary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), a SRQ column needs to be added to the Teams Table which will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow1edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow2edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When scores need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the response of the reviewer is recorded, the student can view the scores for a particular assignment which contains the response of the review questions. This view should contain both the scores of default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the scores of the supplementary review questions is appended to the scores of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow3edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the UserInterface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link on the page will appear.  This button will take the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
*A link needs to be added to the submission of the work. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page which allows students to add different types of questions to the Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) to report the scores that the students gave on these questions. The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. SupplementaryQuestionnaire.rb = We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb = We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. routes.rb = For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. student_review_controller.rb, review_mapping_controller.rb, response_controller.rb = Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. assignment_spec.rb = Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. response_controller_spec.rb = Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added the above given list is temporary.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116404</id>
		<title>CSC/ECE 517 Spring 2018- Project E1817: Adding Student-generated Questions to Rubric</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.expertiza.ncsu.edu/index.php?title=CSC/ECE_517_Spring_2018-_Project_E1817:_Adding_Student-generated_Questions_to_Rubric&amp;diff=116404"/>
		<updated>2018-04-09T00:57:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Scheriy: /* File that need changes */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Introduction ==&lt;br /&gt;
=== Overview of Project ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Expertiza contains Peer-Review where in all students are asked to review the work done by their fellow classmates. The rubric for the same are created by instructors. These Rubrics contain questions that are related to the submitted topics. But sometimes students have questions which may or may not be related to the work other students are working on. So there is no option currently available to ask these questions to their peers. This project (E1817) aims to solve this problem by allowing students to add questions to the standard instructor generated rubric so that they can get specific feedback on from the reviewers.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Proposed Solution == &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to solve the above problem, we intend to add a Supplementary Review Questions to the existing Review Questions already added by the instructor. These “extra” questions will not be graded. However, they will increase the benefit that each person gets because they can get feedback that is specific to their project. The rest of this document describes the design and approach for project E1817. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Implementation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Expertiza, all rubrics and surveys are subclasses of Questionnaire. A Questionnaire has “questions” that make use of checkboxes, dropdowns, text boxes, etc. We want to add a new subclass of Questionnaire called SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire to help us implement this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Design Strategy ===&lt;br /&gt;
The flowchart below describes the design that we chose to implement for this project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When a student wants to create/edit Supplementary Review Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;
** If the instructor has enabled a particular assignment to have supplementary review questionnaire a student when clicks on the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; tab sees a link to the add/edit Supplemntary Review Questionnaire. This link directs the student to the create review questionnaire(same as instructor).&lt;br /&gt;
**When a student creates a Supplementary Review Questionnaire(SRQ), a SRQ column needs to be added to the Teams Table which will contain the questionnaire id to link the SRQ with the team that generated it. If the SRQ column of a team is empty it means no supplementary review questionnaire was created. If its not empty, it will indicate that a supplementary review questionnaire was created. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow1edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When Reviewer wants to access the Review Questions.&lt;br /&gt;
** When a reviewer requests for a review, first the entry of the SRQ column in the Teams table is checked to see if supplementary review questionnaire was added. If the field is not empty, the supplementary review questionnaire is appended to the existing review questionnaire created by the instructor. Otherwise the reviewer only sees the default review questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow2edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*When scores need to be displayed&lt;br /&gt;
** When the response of the reviewer is recorded, the student can view the scores for a particular assignment which contains the response of the review questions. This view should contain both the scores of default review questions as well the supplementary review questions added by the student. So if the SRQ field in the Teams table is not empty the scores of the supplementary review questions is appended to the scores of the default review questions.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Flow3edited.PNG]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== Changes in the UserInterface ===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To be able to achieve the goal for this project, we need to implement some changes in the UI. &lt;br /&gt;
*Assignment Page&lt;br /&gt;
**An assignment will have a checkbox that the instructor can ‘check’ to enable a supplementary review rubric. Once ‘checked’ a button or link on the page will appear.  This button will take the student to the same page that an instructor lands on when creating a new rubric, which will allow the student to create a review rubric just like an instructor does.&lt;br /&gt;
*A link needs to be added to the submission of the work. So when a student clicks the link he/she can add the desired questions.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_link.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* The page where student will be directed to when he/she clicks the Supplementary Review Questionnaire link.&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_review.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&lt;br /&gt;
:[[File:rsz_append.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Page&lt;br /&gt;
**When a reviewer fills out a rubric, the ResponseController will display a set of rubrics, in order, on the same page. This set would normally consist of just a review rubric, which is a Response object. However, the set would now have a review rubric and a supplementary review rubric (two items in the set instead of one) if supplementary Review rubric has been added.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Review Results Page&lt;br /&gt;
**The “View” function for a rubric will display answers submitted for the SupplementaryReviewQuestionnaire as well as the ReviewQuestionnaire.  We will also add another column to the “View scores” page (for both instructor and students) to report the scores that the students gave on these questions. The student-generated questions will not be graded to avoid encouraging students to ask “easy” questions so that their reviewers would give them a high scores.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Test Plan ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Firstly, we need to add tests for the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To check the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; appears in the &amp;quot;Your Work&amp;quot; section of a student.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. To check if the link for &amp;quot;Supplementary Review Questionnaire&amp;quot; redirects to page which allows to create questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. To check if after creation of the supplementary questionnaire the supplementary questionnaire column of the Teams table has correct value (i.e not NIL).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Apart from these we will need to add some tests to '''assignments_spec''' and '''response_controller_spec''' to test the addition of Supplementary Review Questionnaire.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== File that will be added/modified ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As of now, we have figured out that the following files need to be added/modified:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. SupplementaryQuestionnaire.rb = We need to create a subclass &amp;quot;SupplementaryQuestionnaire&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Add_Supplementary_Questionnaire_to_Teams.rb = We need to add to create a migration which will add the Supplementary Questionnaire column to the &amp;quot;Teams&amp;quot; table.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. routes.rb = For correct switching between the various views&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. student_review_controller.rb, review_mapping_controller.rb, response_controller.rb = Files that need modification for adding Supplementary questions to the existing rubrics.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. assignment_spec.rb = Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. response_controller_spec.rb = Add additional test case to test the new functionality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''NOTE''' : There will be additional files that need modification and some new files may also need to be added the above given list is temporary.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Scheriy</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>